1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Canon Manuals
  4. Printer
  5. Image Reader-A1
  6. Service manual

Canon Image Reader-A1 iR5000i Service Manual

Photocopy machines
Hide thumbs Also See for Image Reader-A1 iR5000i:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
Image Reader-A1
iR5000i/iR6000i
REVISION 0
FY8-13HH-000
JUNE 2001
COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC.
CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Canon Image Reader-A1 iR5000i

Summary of Contents for Canon Image Reader-A1 iR5000i

  • Page 1 Image Reader-A1 iR5000i/iR6000i REVISION 0 FY8-13HH-000 JUNE 2001 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
  • Page 2 Application This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical theory, installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers all localities where the products are sold. For this reason, there may be information in this manual that does not apply to your locality.

  • Page 3: Symbols Used

    Provides a description of a service mode. Provides a description of the nature of an error indication. Refers to the Copier Basics Series for a better understanding of the contents. COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 4 Chapter 5 Pickup/Feeding System: principles of operation of the pickup/feeding system, timing of operation, disassembly/ assembly and adjustment COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 5 All service persons are expected to familiarize themselves with the contents of this Ser- vice Manual and Service Information bulletins and acquire a level of knowledge and skill required to promptly respond to the needs of the field. COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 6 All service persons are expected to have a good understanding of the contents of this Ser- vice Manual and all relevant Service Information bulletins and be able to identify and isolate faults in the machine. COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 7: System Configuration

    The iR5000i/iR6000i may be configured with the following accessories for a fully inte- grated system: [1] Finisher-F1/Saddle Finisher-F2 [2] Copy Tray-C1 [3] Shift Tray-B1 [4] DADF-D1 (standard) [5] Paper Deck-G1 [6] Puncher Unit-B1/C1/D1 [7] Image Reader-A1 Figure 1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 8 Additional Function Clear Processing Error Power /Data [1] Execution/Memory lamp [2] Main power switch [3] Cassette heater switch [4] Environment switch Figure 2 Arrangement of the Switches COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 9 SYSTEM UNIT COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 11: Table Of Contents

    (main scanning direction) ... 2-9S 1.4 Inputs to and Outputs from 2.2.3 Edge Emphasis ....2-9S the Major PCBs ......2-7S 2.2.4 Editing ........ 2-9S 2.2.5 Density Conversion (LUT) 2-9S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 12 Processing Print Data ..2-21S 6.3.2 JBIG Viewer ..... 2-27S 4. Soft Counter ......... 2-22S 6.3.3 Network ScanGear 5. Controlling the Power Supply ..2-24S (Windows only) ....2-27S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 13 2.10 Supplying Toner ..... 3-20S Controller-A1 ....... 3-34S 2.11 Setting the Cassette ....3-21S 7.1 Installation ......3-34S 2.12 Changing the Paper Size for the Front Deck (right/left) .... 3-22S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 15: Chapter 1 General Description

    CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 17: Features

    1.1.7 Addition of the Differential PCB The differential PCB is an addition provided to send signals from the image reader to the main controller of the machine. 1-1 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 18: Specifications

    Cleaning Blade Fixing Heat roller 100 V: 700 W (main) + 470 W (sub) 120/230 V: 600 W (main) + 600 W (sub) T01-201-02 1-2 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 19: Functions

    279.4 × 431.8 mm STMT min. (11"×17") max. (vertical) A3 max. A5 min. Duplexing (vertical) Inch 279.4 × 431.8 mm STMT min. (11"×17") max. (vertical) T-01-201-03 1-3 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 20 4-in-1 postcard (horizontal feeding only) Label sheet (Canon-recommended) B4, A4, A4R, LTR, LTRR Thick paper (90 to 200 g/m A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR T-01-201-04 1-4 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 21 279.4×431.8 mm (11"×17"), LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMT (vertical feed- ing) Colored paper (Canon-recommended) B4, A4, A4R Thick paper (90 to 200 g/m A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR T01-201-05 1-5 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 22 STMT (vertical feeding) • Colored paper (Canon-recommended) B4, A4, A4R • Thick paper (90 to 200 g/m A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR T01-201-06 1-6 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 23 *2: The values within <> indicate the use of an ADF. T01-201-07 The specifications are subject to change for product improvement. 1-7 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 24: Others

    Consumables Paper Keep wrapped, and store avoiding humidity. Toner Avoid direct sunlight, and store at 40°C, (Magnetic nega- 85% RH or less. tive) T01-201-08 1-8 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 25 B5R→B4 A4R→B4 (122.4%) A5→B5 B4→A3 (115.4%) B5→A4 Delivery by the machine, auto paper select, auto density select, non-sort, deck/cassette T01-201-09 Copying Speeds (copier only) 1-9 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 26 Delivery by the machine, auto paper select, auto density select, non-sort, deck/cassette T01-201-10 Copying Speeds (copier only) The specifications are subject to change for product improvement. 1-10 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 27: Paper Deck-G1

    DC from host machine Operating environment Same as host machine Temperature Humidity Atmospheric pressure T01-202-01 The specifications are subject to change for product improvement. 1-11 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 28: Shift Tray-B1

    (15 W or less when connected to host) Operating environment Same as host machine Temperature Humidity Atmospheric pressure T01-203-01 The specifications are subject to change for product improvement. 1-12 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 29: Names Of Parts

    [17] Top panel [8] Right front paper deck [18] Reader Unit (Image Reader-A1) [9] Left front paper deck [19] Copyboard glass F01-301-01 External View 1 1-13 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 30 [7] Cassette heater switch [3] Door switch assembly [8] Environment switch [4] Feeding assembly releasing lever [5] Service book case F01-301-02 External View 2 1-14 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 31 [17] [18] [37] [19] [20] [36] [21] [35] [22] [34] [23] [24] [33] [25] [26] [27] [28] [32] [29] [30] [31] F01-302-01 Cross Section 1-15 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 32 [37] Fixing lower roller [18] Registration roller [38] Internal delivery roller [19] Transfer charging assembly [39] External delivery roller [20] Separation charging assembly [40] Fixing upper roller 1-16 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 33 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3.3 Cross Section (Reader unit) [1] [2] [3] [4] F01-303-01 Cross Section 1-17 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 34 [1] ADF reading glass [5] CCD unit [2] No. 1 mirror [6] No. 3 mirror [3] Scanning lamp [7] No. 2 mirror [4] Copyboard glass 1-18 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 35: Using The Machine

    Additional Function Clear Processing Power Error /Data [1] Control panel power switch [3] Main power switch [2] Main power lamp F01-401-01 Arrangement of Switches 1-19 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 36 [6] Control panel power switch [14] Additional Function key (sub power supply) [15] Guide key [7] Stop key [16] Touch panel [8] Start key [17] Clip holder F01-402-01 1-20 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 37 Use it when making copies of an original of a non-default length (manual feed mode; needs selection in service mode: COPIER>OPTION>USER>MF-LG-ST). T01-403-01 List of Functions 1-21 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 38 Initializing Common Settings Use it to return common settings to factory settings. (yes/no) * Factory setting. 1-22 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 39 (Sunday through Saturday; 00:00 to 23:59, 1-min intervals) * Factory setting. 1-23 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 40 Use it to change the standard mode for read settings. (registering/initializing) Report Settings Additional Functions Use it to print additional function mode Settings settings. * Factory setting. 1-24 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 41 TCP/IP, NetWare, AppleTalk, Ethernet driver. Setting Report UI (acces- Use it to make settings for remote sory accommodation) UI. (use*/do not use) * Factory setting. 1-25 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 42: Control Panel

    Fixing ration Feeding control tray feed tray Lower feeding assembly Left deck Right deck Paper deck Cassette 3 (accessory) Cassette 4 Pickup/Feed Systems F01-501-01 1-26 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 43: Outline Of Electrical Circuitry . 1-27S

    [1] Main controller PCB. Controls the system as a whole, performs image processing. [2] DC controller PCB. Controls the printer unit, controls finisher communications. [3] Reader controller PCB. Controls the reader controller, controls ADF communications. F01-502-01 1-27 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 44: Inputs To And Outputs From The Major Pcbs

    J105 Inverter PCB J5101 J2108 Note: The symbol in the diagram indicates major wiring connections, and does not indicate the flow of signals. F01-503-01 1-28 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 45: Routine Maintenance By The User . 1-29S

    Likewise, clean the sheet around the rollers in the same way. F01-601-01 1-29 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 46 4) Wipe the rollers (4 pc. in total) with a moist cloth while turning them; then, wipe them with a dry, soft cloth. F01-601-04 1-30 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 47 6) Clean the white plate and the platen guide with a moist cloth. Likewise, clean the sheet around the platen in the same way. At the end, close the ADF. F01-601-06 1-31 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 48: Inspection

    3) After making the above check, shift the open/close lever to ON. F01-602-03 4) Enter the date in the Breaker Check Sheet found at the back of the User’s Manual. 1-32 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 49 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 51 Reader unit Control panel Controller block Accessory Main controller PCB boards Image Processing System Hard disk drive Printer unit F02-101-01 2-1 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 52 T02-102-01 List of Control Items 1.2.3 Hard Disk Drive Name Description • Stores the system software.Box • Stores image data as part of the box function. T02-102-02 2-2 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 53 Reader unit Accessory Control IC1010 boards IC6501 (DIMM-ROM) panel (CPU) (CPU) (RAM) Main controller PCB Hard disk drive (HDD) Printer unit F02-102-01 major PCBs 2-3 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 54 SDRAM, and the progress of the start-up sequence is indicated by means of a bar on the screen. Start-Up Screen Wait… Progressive bar F02-103-01 2-4 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 55 Main controller PCB Access to the program at execution. F02-103-02 Related Error Code E601-0000, -0001 Error in Image Transfer Information E602-0001, -0002 Write/Read Error 2-5 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 56 Hard disk drive (HDD) Self-diagnostic Boot program program Boot ROM Main controller PCB Access to the program at execution. : Flow of the system program. F02-103-03 2-6 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 57: Wiring Diagram Of The Major Pcbs

    Note: The in the diagram indicates major wiring connections, and does not indicate the flow of signals. F02-104-01 Wiring Diagram of the Major PCBs 2-7 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 58: Digital Image Processing

    Image memory SDRAM control I/O control Image server Print PG Binary-binary density conversion Smoothing 4 or 2 Thickening 4 or 2 Printer unit F02-201-01 2-8 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 59: Input Image Processing

    The 8-bit image density signal of text, text/photo, or print photo mode is converted into a 1-bit image density signal (binary). 2-9 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 60: Binary Processing (Dither Screen)

    The machine’s dither screen method is designed to convert the 8-bit image density signal of film photo mode into a 1-bit image density signal (binary), enabling 144 gradations for binary images (12x12 pixels). 2-10 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 61: Controlling The Image Memory

    2.4.3 Binary-Binary Density Conversion (read image output only) This processing is used as an auxiliary function serving as part of density adjustment while copies are being made. 2-11 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 62: Flow Of Image Data

    Binary data Page memory Compressed data Binary data for printing Print image processing block Binary data Main memory (10) Binary data Printer unit F02-301-01 2-12 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 63: Remote Copying

    Work memory Compressed circuit data transmission (11) Print image processing Main memory block (12) (14) Print page (16) (15) memory Printer unit Output side F02-301-02 2-13 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 64: Tandem Copying

    Compressed memory for data transmission (14) Print image Main memory processing block Print page (15) (17) (19) (18) memory Printer unit Output side F02-301-03 2-14 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 65: Transmission

    It sends a scanned image to a database on the network. To take advantage of this func- tion, special software (accessory) and an exclusive database server will be required. 2-15 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 66: Flow Of Image Data (During Transmission)

    Work memory Binary Black-and- for transmission white imge compression Compressed Network circuit data Image processor PCB System controller PCB Compressed data To network F02-302-01 2-16 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 67: Print

    Extension for printing (10)Binary data circuit (11)Binary data Print image processing unit (2)PDL data Network (12)Image data Printer unit PDL data F02-303-01 2-17 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 68: Tcp/Ip

    LPR port and installation of an LPR utility for printing by taking advantange of LPD ser- vices. Windows NT UNIX Ethernet Protocol: TCP/IP Service : LPD Windows 95 Windows 95 Windows NT LPR utility pre-installed F02-303-02 2-18 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 69: Netware

    Protocol: IPX Print service: Bindery, Pserver, Rprinter, NDS Pserver, Nprinter NetWare NetWare client NetWare file server client (Print server) Network Based on NDS F02-303-03 2-19 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 70: Appletalk

    In an AppleTalk environment, a print job is sent to the printer directly from each com- puter. Ethernet Protocl: AppleTalk (EtherTalk Phase II) Print service: PAP F02-303-04 2-20 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 71: Processing Print Data

    Print data (internal Print data (internal Print data Image data processing procesisng (PDL) language) language) Translator Image data generation block Print data processing block F02-303-05 2-21 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 72: Soft Counter

    *1: At time of shipment, B4 or less; to include B4 in the large-size category, use service mode. *2: The machine is not provided with a fax function, not counting printing of messages re- ceived by fax. T02-400-02 2-22 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 73 *1: The notation in parentheses indicates the corresponding counter mode (T02-300-02). *2: The counter reading may be changed or its display may be enabled/disabled in service mode (not applicable to counter 1). T02-400-03 2-23 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 74: Controlling The Power Supply

    All power supplies are powered (same as standby mode). The level of power consumption is reduced by lowering the control temperature of the fixing assembly in standby state. 2-24 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 75: Low Power Mode

    The control panel power switch (soft switch) is on. • PDL data is received from the network/parallel port. (Electrically, the control panel is off as in standby mode.) 2-25 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 76: Off Mode

    The machine is in power off mode when its main power switch remains off. To return from power off mode, the main power switch must be turned on, thereby auto- matically returning the machine to standby mode. 2-26 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 77: User Software

    JBIG Viewer is used to view images stored in the Boxes by means of the PC browser of a PC connected to the network. 6.3.3 Network ScanGear(Windows only) Network ScanGear is a TWAIN driver for iR5000i/iR6000i network scan function. 2-27 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 79 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 81: Selecting The Site

    50 cm min. F03-100-01 6. Be sure that the room will be well ventilated and the machine will not be installed near an air vent. 3-1 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 82 This phenomenon is particularly conspicuous in a low humidity environment. Ventilation Wrong 1 Wrong 2 F03-100-02 F03-100-03 3-2 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 83: Unpacking And Installation

    When removing the pad and bottom plate, arrange one person at the rear and one person at the front to hold the grips while one person engages in removal. 3-3 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 84: Installation

    12. Checking the Environment Switch setting the drum, cassettes, mirrors, and lens heater 13. Installing the Machine putting away the attachments, fixing the adjusters 3-4 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 85: Unpacking

    Holding the two grips (front, rear) found on the side of the delivery assembly, lift the machine slightly to remove the pad. (weight of the machine: about 210 kg) 3-5 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 86 From the cardboard box that comes with the Check to make sure that none is machine, take out the parts and auxiliary ma- missing. terials. 3-6 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 87: Installing The Image Reader-A1

    Remove the three scanner fixing screws [4]. You will need to secure the scanner in place when moving the machine. Be sure to store away the removed scanner fixing screws. 3-7 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 88 RS tightening screw [8]. Mount the reader unit rear cover. Mount the reader I/F cable [9] as shown. 3-8 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 89 Reader-A1 by attaching to the main unit, do not throw away a blanking plate and blanking seals included in the package and be sure to keep them. 3-9 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 90 Reader-A1 separately from the main unit, do not throw away the reader fixing brackets (two each for the front and rear) and be sure to keep them. 3-10 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 91 C. Caution when detaching the Image Reader-A1 from the main unit Step Work Checks/remarks When detaching the Image Reader-A1 from the main unit, be sure to hold the locations as indicated in the figure. 3-11 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 92: Mounting The Fixing Assembly

    Remove the tape and glue from the feeding belt. Remove the retaining tape of the tags[5], and open the fixing/delivery assem- bly[6]. 3-12 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 93 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION Step Work Checks/remarks Remove the two fixing nip releasing screws[7]. Close the fixing/feeding assembly. 3-13 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 94: Checking The Charging Assemblies

    Remove the screw from the door tape (door stopper) of the front panel. (This is to keep the hopper open, which otherwise may close when the hopper is opened.) 3-14 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 95 Check the pre-transfer charging assembly; if dirt or paper lint are found, clean it with alcohol. [15] [16] [14] 3-15 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 96 Fit and tighten the three screws, and mount the connector cover; then fit and tighten the screw of the door tape and close the front door. Be sure to connect the connector of the hopper. 3-16 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 97: Mounting The Developing Assembly

    Secure the developing assembly locking unit in place with a screw[3]. Mount the door tape of the manual feed tray cover with a screw. 3-17 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 98: Mounting The Pickup Assembly

    After removing all spacers, close the right upper cover and the right lower cover. 3-18 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 99: Mounting The Deck Locking Plate (Left Deck)

    Find the deck loking plate [1] in the same package. Mount the plate and fasten with the rivet [2]. Then close the left deck. 3-19 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 100: Supplying Toner

    Pull the toner bottle in left upper direction to de- tach; then close the hopper cover. 3-20 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 101: Setting The Cassette

    Set the cassettes to the appropriate sizes to suit the user’s needs and attach the sticker indicating the new sizes. Slide the cassettes into the machine. 3-21 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 102: Changing The Paper Size For The Front Deck (Right/Left)

    A4=6, B5=15, LTR=18 2.13 Installing the DADF-D1 Following the installation instructions included in the package of the DADF-D1, install it to the main unit. 3-22 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 103: Checking Images/Operations And User Mode

    10 min). 6. Press the Reset key twice to end service mode. Do not turn off the power while the machine is in operation. 3-23 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 104 This problem will disappear on its own as more copies are made. Set the standard mode in user mode and service mode (press the Rest key twice to end service mode). 3-24 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 105: Checking The Environment Switch

    OFF: heater remains on only when Environment switch the main power switch is on. 3-25 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 106: Installing The Machine

    DHCP is brought into use, putting the registered printer out of service. Inform the system administrator that it is best to assign a fixed IP address to the machine to avoid such a problem. 3-26 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 107: Checking The Connection To The Network

    4) If 'OK' is indicated, the connection to the network is correctly made. 5) If 'NG' is indicated, the connection to the network is not correctly made. Perform the troubleshooting work that follows. 3-27 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 108: Troubleshooting The Network

    • If 'OK is indicated, suspect a fault in the user's network environment. Report the circum- stances to the system administrator for appropriate action. 3-28 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 109: Relocating The Machine

    Take care not to lose them. 3. If a side paper deck/finisher (accessory) is installed, remove it before moving the machine. 3-29 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 110: Mounting The Delivery Tray

    E-ring [6]. Mount the anti-wrap cover with two screws, and push the fixing/feeding assembly into the ma- chine; then close the front cover. 3-30 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 111 Remove the two screws [7], and detach the reader left cover; then mount the magnet catcher [8]. Mount the delivery tray. Attach the delivery bar [9]. 3-31 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 112: Mounting The Original Holder

    If it is difficult to mount the original holder, try loosening the two mount- ing screws. 3-32 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 113: Installing The Card Reader-C1 (Option)

    Store away the removed shorting con- nector, as it may be needed when the card reader must be removed (e.g., for repairs). Mount the upper cover. 3-33 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 114: Installing The Ne Controller-A1

    Be sure not to route the cable in the area indicated (by dashed line) of the DC control- ler PCB to avoid malfunction of the ma- chine. 3-34 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 115 [7]. (Use the screws that come in the box.) Make various settings and check the operations as instructed in the NE Controller-A1 Installation Procedure. 3-35 S COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 117 READER UNIT COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 119 6.1.2 Mounting the Scanner 3. Controlling the Scanning Motor ......2-19R Lamp (LA2) ........2-9R 6.2 Scanner System Drive 3.1 Outline ........2-9R Cable ........2-20R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 120 6.2 When Replacing the Reader (AE) ........3-7R Controller PCB ...... 3-14R 3.3.1 Outline ......3-7R 6.3 Removing the Differential 3.3.2 ABC Circuit ...... 3-7R PCB ........3-15R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 121: Chapter 1 Basic Operation

    CHAPTER 1 BASIC OPERATION COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 123: Functional Construction

    2. Control block Reader unit Original Original Optical path illumination Reader controller PCB [Original CCD/AP [Control Block] Exposure Block] Controller unit Printer unit F01-100-01 1-1 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 124: Outline Of Electrical Circuitry

    Controller unit (ROM) Scanner motor IC5008 IC5009 (RAM) Printer unit IC5027 CCD/AP (EEPROM) IC5021 (IPC comm- unication 2) Reader controller PCB F01-202-01 Major PCBs 1-2 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 125: Basic Sequence Of Operations

    While the scanner is moving in reverse. STBY(standby) From when shading correction ends to when the Start key is turned on or when the power switch is turned off. T01-302-01 1-3 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 126 Inverter PCB J5101 Note: The symbol in the diagram indicates the major wiring route, NOT the flow of signals. F01-401-01 Wiring of Major PCBs 1-4 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 127 When the reader controller PCB is OFF, J5601 Fuse PCB J5602 24V: OFF --> heater: ON Lens heater AC inlet AC100V J5101 100-V model only F01-402-01 1-5 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 128 See the ADF ADF_RX Service Manual. ADF_TX ADF_ITOP* To ADF J5005 +24V Printer unit +24V DC power supply PCB J8500 J5105 To ADF connector F01-402-02 1-6 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 129: Chapter 2 Original Exposure System

    CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 131: Outline Of Operations

    [1] In book mode, by a reflection type sensor in sub scan- ning direction; by a CCD in main scanning direction. [2] With the ADF in use, by the ADF. 2-1 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 132 PS39 Photointerrupter (detects scanner home position) Copyboard cover sensor PS40 Photointerrupter (detects the state (open/closed) of copyboard cover) Mirror No. 1/No. 2/No. 3 mirror 2-2 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 133: Sequence Of Operations (Original Exposure)

    (at the speed used for 50% reduction). 6. The scanner moves to home position and remains in wait. : No. 1 mirror position. F02-102-02 2-3 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 134: Copyboard Cover Open

    (at the speed used for 50% reduction). 6. The scanner moves to the point of original size detection. : No. 1 mirror base F02-102-04 2-4 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 135: Enlargement/Reduction (Zoom)

    [3] To reduce to between 25% and 49%, the image data read at 50% and 98% is subjected to skipping (1/2) in the main controller unit. 2-5 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 136: Scanner Drive System

    Used to make sure that the No. 1 mirror base is at home position. [3] Copyboard Cover Sensor (PS40) Detection Signal Used to detect the state (open or close) of the copyboard cover. 2-6 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 137: Controlling The Scanner Motor

    [3] Image read. Used to read the image at a specific speed suited to the read ratio. [4] Deceleration. Used to enable the scanner to speed down and stop promptly, starting at the end of the image. F02-202-02 2-7 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 138: Reversing The Scanner After Scanning In Main Reading Direction

    Vertical size plate HP sensor Copyboard glass Vertical size plate Copyboard glass Standard white plate Standard white plate Decrease Increase Decrease Increase F02-204-01 F02-204-02 2-8 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 139: Controlling The Scanning Lamp (La2)

    CPU on the reader controller PCB. When the signal is generated, the inverter generates a high-frequency, and high-voltage using the drive voltage (+24 V) supplied by the reader controller PCB to turn on the xenon tube. 2-9 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 140: Detecting An Error

    It is used to indicate a fault in the inverter PCB. E225 It is used to indicate a fault in the scanning lamp (xenon tube). 2-10 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 141: Detecting The Size Of Originals

    The combination of these output measurements is used to identify the size of the origi- nal. For specific movements, see the pages that follow. 2-11 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 142: Outline Of Detection Operation

    The machine will identify the size of an original based on the combination of the results (T02-404-01) 2-12 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 143 (external light) and the absence of an original is identified, excluding B5, B4, A4, and A3. 2-13 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 144 Originals Original Originals Point of CCD detection Original size sensor size sensor 11"* 17" LTRR None : Changes : Does not changes None T02-404-02 2-14 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 145: Scanning Lamp

    [3] together with the cable fixing plate [4]. F02-501-01 7) Remove the four screws [5], and detach the blanking plate [6]. F02-501-02 2-15 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 146 [11] on the pulley [13] of the No. 2 mirror base [12] without twisting it. [12] F02-501-04 2-16 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 147: Points To Note When Replacing The Scanning Lamp

    Execute ‘CCD auto adjustment’ in service mode, and record the updated CCD adjustment data on the service label. 1. CCD Auto Adjustment COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD> CCD-ADJ 2. CCD Adjustment Data all items under COPIER>ADJUST>CCD 2-17 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 148: Scanner Drive Block

    F02-601-02 6) Remove the two screws [8], and detach [10] the scanner motor [10] from the motor base [9]. F02-601-03 2-18 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 149: Mounting The Scanner Motor

    F02-601-04 2-19 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 150: Scanner System Drive Cable

    [6]. F02-602-02 7) Remove the 15 screws [7], and remove the two screws [8]; then, detach the reader upper frame [9]. F02-602-03 2-20 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 151 9) Remove the two springs [12] used to secure the cable in place. 10) Remove the cable fixing plate [13] and each pulley cable. [11] [10] [11] [13] [12] F02-602-04 2-21 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 152: Routing The Scanner Drive Cable

    4) Temporarily fix the cable metal fixing to the No. 1 mirror base. (Do not fully secure it.) 5) Mount the reader paper frame. F02-602-05 2-22 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 153: Positioning The No. 1/2 Mirror Base

    Initial FY9-3009 configuration Configuration used for the machine (for rear) (for rear) Initial FY9-3009 configuration Configuration used for the machine (for front) (for front) F02-602-07 2-23 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 154 5) Fully tighten the cable metal fixing on the No. 1 mirror base. 6) Detach the mirror positioning tool. 7) Reverse steps 1) through 6) for mount- ing. 2-24 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 155: Others

    [3], and detach the original sensor unit [4]. F02-701-01 When removing the original sensor, take care not to damage it against the cable [5]. 2-25 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 156: Removing The Hp Sensor

    5) Remove the screw [5], and detach the sensor base [6]; then, disconnect the connector [7], and detach the HP sensor [8] from the base. F02-702-02 2-26 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 157 3) Disconnect the connector [3], and re- move the screw [4]; then, detach the copyboard sensor cover [5] and the copyboard sensor [6]. F02-703-02 2-27 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 158 PCB farther. F02-801-02 4) Remove the screw [5], and disconnect the three connectors [6]; then, detach the fuse PCB [7]. F02-801-03 2-28 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 159 4) Disconnect the two connectors[4] from the inverter PCB [3]. F02-802-02 5) Remove the two screws [5], and pull out the inverter unit [6]. F02-802-03 2-29 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 160 [1] into the reader frame, be sure to fit the leading edge [2] of the frame of the inverter PCB into the mounting hole in the reader frame. F02-802-05 2-30 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 161: Chapter 3 Image Processing System

    CHAPTER 3 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 163: Outline

    [1] CCD/AP PCB. Drives the CCD, performs analog image processing, performs A/D conversion. [2] Reader controller PCB. Performs shading correction, performs auto density adjustment (AE). 3-1 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 164: Analog Image Processing

    Output buffer Odd-number pixel data Shift register Gate Light receiving segment (photodiode) Gate Shift register Even-number pixel data Output buffer F03-202-01 CCD Block Diagram 3-2 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 165: Gain Correction And Offset Correction Of The Ccd Output

    Range: 0 to 400 (A change by ‘12’ results in a shift of 1 mm.) Decrease Read start position Increase Original Vertical size plate F03-205-01 3-3 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 166: Digital Image Processing

    To make up for the fluctuations in the intensity of light occurring at short intervals, edge area gain correction is also executed.(ADF in use) 3-4 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 167: Shading Adjustment

    CCD pixels, thereby ensuring a specific level of image density. CCD output Characteristics after correction Characteristics Target value before correction Results of measurement White Original density Standard white plate F03-302-01 3-5 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 168: Edge Gain Correction (Adf In Use)

    AE is selected.) Edge gain correction plate 0 pixel Copyboard glass Main scanning direction Reading glass 7450 pixels Standard white plate (for shading) F03-302-02 3-6 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 169: Auto Density Adjustment (Ae)

    White Background Original Colored Original Surface of original (white) Output level (white) (black) (black) dynamic range of white-background original. dynamic range of colored-background original. F03-303-01 3-7 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 170 (for real-time AE mode; 10 steps). Range: 0 to 9 (default: 4) Copy density White Lower setting Higher setting decreases text density increases text density White Original density F03-304-01 3-8 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 171: External Covers

    1) Remove the right upper cover and the right upper cover base. 2) Remove the two mounting screws [1], and detach the reader right cover [2]. F03-402-01 3-9 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 172: Removing The Rear

    2) Remove the reader left cover and the reader right cover. 3) Remove the two mounting screws [1], and detach the reader front cover [2]. F03-403-01 3-10 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 173: Removing The Reader Rear Cover

    (Take care so that it is under the copyboard glass.) F03-404-02 3-11 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 174: Ccd/Ap Pcb

    [9]; then, free the [10] flat cable [10], and free the two fixing claws [11]. Thereafter, detach the CCD unit [12]. [12] [11] F03-501-03 3-12 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 175: When Replacing The Ccd/Ap Pcb

    Be sure to execute ‘CCD auto adjustment’ in service mode, and record the updated CCD adjustment data on the service label. 1. CCD Auto Adjustment COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD >CCD-ADJ 2. CCD Adjustment data all items under COPIER>ADJUST>CCD 3-13 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 176: Reader Controller Pcb

    [2], and remove the flat cable [3]; then, detach the reader controller PCB [4]. F03-601-01 6.2 When Replacing the Reader Controller PCB Troubleshooting>Chapter 3 "Standards/Adjustments">7. "Electrical" 3-14 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 177: Removing The Differential Pcb

    [4]. F03-603-02 4) Remove the two mounting screws [5] and two hex screws [6]; then, detach the Differential PCB [7]. F03-603-03 3-15 R COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 179 PRINTER UNIT COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 181 4.1 Outline ........3-9P 2.1 Outline ........3-4P 5. Disassembly and Assembly ..3-10P 2.2 Flow of Sync Signals ....3-5P 5.1 Scanner Unit ......3-11P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 182 (fuzzy control) ....4-24P 7.2 Photosensitive Drum ....4-51P 3.4.3 Cleaning Mechanism for the 7.2.1 Removing the Drum Pre-Transfer Charging Unit ........4-51P Assembly ......4-25P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 183 Claw Drive Assembly .... 4-84P 7.8.1 Outline ......4-66P 7.12.1 Removing from the 7.8.2 Removing the Wire Drum Unit ......4-84P Cleaner of the Primary Charging Assembly ..4-66P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 184 Sending Paper to the Reversing 9.1.4 Removing the Feeding Assembly After Printing on the Roller ....... 5-50P First Side ......5-26P 9.1.5 Removing the Separation Roller ....... 5-50P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 185 Lifter Motor M20 (M21) of the 9.6.9 Removing the Duplex Cassette 3 (cassette 4) ..5-61P Paper Sensor ....5-74P 9.6.10 Removing the Reversal Sensor 1 ......5-75P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 186 Removing the Fixing/ 4.5 Fixing Separation Assembly ... 6-35P Feeding Unit ....6-21P 4.5.1 Removing the Upper 4.1.2 Removing the Fixing Separation Claw ....6-35P Assembly ......6-22P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 187 Removing the LIPS 5.1.2 Removing the Front PCB ......... 7-27P Cover ....... 7-15P 5.4.7 Removing the RISER 5.1.3 Removing the Top PCB ......... 7-28P Plate ......... 7-15P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 188 Inputs to the Driver (1/2) ... 8-1P 1.1 Inputs to and Outputs from 1.1.2 Outputs from the Deck the Deck Driver ......8-1P Driver (2/2) ......8-2P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 189 Removing the Upper 3.5.1 Removing the Deck Cover ....... 8-24P Driver PCB ...... 8-43P 3.2 General Descriptions ....8-25P 3.5.2 Removing the Open Switch PCB ........8-43P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 190 4.1 Shifting ........9-5P Driver PCB ......9-10P 4.2 Stacking ........9-5P 6.2 Removing the Tray Drive 4.3 Detecting paper ......9-6P Unit ........9-12P 4.4 Delivery ........9-6P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 191: Chapter 1 General Description

    CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 193: Safety

    United States without certification. The following label represents certification under the CDRH regulations, and all laser products sold in the United States are required to bear it. 1-1 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 194 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION F01-102-01 CDRH Label The descriptions on the label may differ among different models of a prod- uct. 1-2 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 195: Handling The Laser Unit

    The label is attached to covers used to block laser light inside the machine. F01-103-01 Laser Caution Label (100/120-V model) 1-3 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 196 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION F01-103-02 Laser Caution Label (100/120-V model) F01-103-03 Laser Caution Label (230-V model) 1-4 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 197 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION F01-103-04 Laser Caution Label (230-V model) 1-5 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 198: Safety Of Toner

    Toner tends to react to vinyl and dissolve. Do not allow it to come into contact with vinyl material. Do not pour toner into fire. Such an act can lead to explosion. 1-6 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 199: Image Formation

    (manual feed tray) Fixing assembly Pre-transfer Separation charging assembly claw Transfer assembly Cleaning assembly Separation charging assembly Pickup (deck/cassette) F01-201-01 Construction of the Machine 1-7 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 200 4. Development 8. Drum cleaning 5. Transfer Manual feed tray Registration Delivery 7. Fixing 6. Separation flow of paper. Deck/cassette rotation of drum. F01-201-02 1-8 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 201: Chapter 2 Sequence Of Operations

    CHAPTER 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 203: Basic Operations

    Manual Delivery control tray feed tray Lower feeding assembly Paper deck Left deck Right deck (accessory) Cassette 3 Cassette 4 Pickup/Feeding Block F02-101-01 2-1 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 204: Outline Of Electrical Circuitry

    • Flash memory for storing control program EEP-ROM • Backs up RAM data • Mask ROM for control program (for future use) T02-102-01 List of Control Items 2-2 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 205 PCB HVT PCB Laser scanner motor DC load · clutch · solenoid · motor · sensor etc. F02-102-01 Construction of Major PCBs 2-3 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 206: Sequence Of Basic Operations

    (Cleaning is also executed each time 2000 copies have been made.) F02-103-01 Basic Sequence of Operations 2-4 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 207 (re- moves charges). STBY From when LSTR ends to when the Start key is pressed or the (standby) power switch is turned off. T02-103-01 2-5 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 208: Controlling The Main Motor (M2)

    Drive circuit Main motor (M2) Clock pulse J108 J632 generation circuit DC controller Control circuit MMON Reference signal MMFG generation circuit F02-104-01 Control Block Diagram 2-6 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 209: Wiring Diagram Of Major Pcbs

    J2108 Note: The symbol in the diagram indicates major connections, and does NOT indicate the flow of signals. F02-105-01 Wiring Diagram of Major PCBs 2-7 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 210 J561 J115 -A15 Deck (left) -A14 When the left deck is LDEOP open/closed closed, '1'. -A13 sensor F02-105-02 Inputs to the DC Controller PCB 2-8 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 211 PS17 '1'. J542 J541 J110 Cassette 4 C4LTP When paper is detected, lifter sensor PS18 '1'. F02-105-03 Inputs to the DC Controller PCB 2-9 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 212 J541 J110 -B15 Vertical path 4 -B14 VP4PD When paper is detected, paper sensor PS27 -B13 '1'. F02-105-04 Inputs to the DC Controller PCB 2-10 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 213 -A13 -B20 -A12 -B20 External delivery When paper is detected, -A11 PS36 '1'. sensor Fixing/feeding relay PCB F02-105-05 Inputs to the DC Controller PCB 2-11 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 214 J115 -B12 Left deck paper -B11 LDPD2 When paper is detected, level sensor PS50 -B10 '1'. (lower) F02-105-06 Inputs to the DC Controller PCB 2-12 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 215 Manual door N.O. +24V Rush current From DC power supply PCB open/closed prevention +24V To HVT PCB detection F02-105-07 Inputs to the DC Controller PCB 2-13 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 216 (analog signal) J2701 J120 J401 When the laser beam BD PCB is detected, '0'. F02-105-08 Inputs to the DC Controller PCB 2-14 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 217 J251 J282 J281 -A13 -A13 Delivery flapper -A14 -A14 solenoid RVFSD1* When '0', ON. Fixing/feeding relay PCB F02-105-09 Outputs from the DC Controller PCB 2-15 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 218 Hard disk fan half speed) FM7CLK While in constant rotation, returns the CLK signal to the PCB. F02-105-10 Outputs from the DC Controller PCB 2-16 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 219 When '1', CW rotation. TSCLM1 (forward) charging wire -A14 cleaning motor TSRCLM2 When '1', CCW rotation. (reverse) Fixing/feeding relay PCB F02-105-11 Outputs from the DC Controller PCB 2-17 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 220 Reversal motor -B13 M14_B '1' and '0'. -B14 -B14 M14_A* (pulse signals) -B15 -B15 M14_A Duplexing driver PCB F02-105-12 Outputs from the DC Controller PCB 2-18 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 221 J801 J2108 J105 -B10 -11 C3MLD When '1', ON. Cassette 3 lifter -B11 motor Motor driver PCB F02-105-13 Outputs from the DC Controller PCB 2-19 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 222 -A10 feeding left M29_B alternates between '1' and '0'. M29_A* motor (pulse signal) M29_A Duplexing driver PCB F02-105-14 Outputs from the DC Controller PCB 2-20 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 223 Chapter 8. J751 J123 Shift tray See descriptions on the (accessory) shift tray in Chapter 9. F02-105-15 Outputs from the DC Controller PCB 2-21 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 225: Chapter 3 Laser Exposure System

    CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 227: Outline Of Operations

    Sub scanning direction: control by laser write start signal Laser scanner motor control 1. Executes constant speed rotation control 2. Switches between full-speed rotation and in-wait rota- tion T03-101-01 3-1 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 228 BD mirror/BD PCB Detects a laser beam. Laser driver PCB Controls laser activation. DC controller PCB Controls laser scanner motor rotation. T03-101-02 List of Components 3-2 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 229: Basic Sequence Of Operations (Laser Exposure System)

    *:If silence mode has been selected in user mode, a switch-over to half-speed rotation is made after a specific period of time during in-wait rotation. F03-102-01 Basic Sequence of Operations 3-3 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 230: Generating Sync Signals

    12-facet polygon Laser unit mirror BD mirror Photosensitive drum BD PCB F03-201-01 Construction of the Control System 3-4 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 231: Flow Of Sync Signals

    E100 It is indicated if the BD signal is not detected within a specific period of time after the laser has been turned on. 3-5 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 232 [7] Laser intensity reference signal. Used as the laser activation reference value, and is de- termined by potential control (EEPROM). 3-6 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 233 2. The laser starts writing when pickup is from the manual feed tray in re- REF. sponse to the detection of paper by the registration paper sensor (PS29). 3-7 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 234 Indicates the laser intensity on a real-time basis. ADJUST>LASER>PVE-OFST Use it to adjust the point of laser exposure. FUNCTION>LASER>POWER Use it to turn on laser light. 3-8 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 235: Controlling The Laser Scanner Motor

    [1] If the laser scanner motor ready signal (LMRDY*) goes ‘1’ when the motor is rotating. [2] If the laser scanner motor ready signal (LMRDY*) does not go ‘0’ within a specific period of time. 3-9 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 236: Disassembly And Assembly

    6. The front cover switch or the main power switch must be turned off before sliding out the duplex unit or the fixing/feeding unit. Toner must not be thrown away into fire to avoid explosion. 3-10 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 237: Scanner Unit

    [3], and disconnect the connector[4]. F03-501-01 3) Slide out the hopper unit [5]. F03-501-02 4) Remove the two screws [6], and detach the toner dish [7]. F03-501-03 3-11 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 238 150°C or higher; otherwise, potential con- trol will not be executed: COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DPC. 3-12 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 239: Chapter 4 Image Formation System

    CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 241: Outline Of Processes

    Separation charging control AC constant voltage control DC constant current control: fuzzy control by environment sensor and to suit density of original (drum surface potential) T04-101-01 4-1 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 242 Primary charging assembly Potential sensor Pre-exposure Cleaner unit Developing assembly Dust-collecting roller Pre-transfer charging assembly Separation charging assembly Transfer guide Transfer charging assembly F04-101-01 4-2 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 243: Basic Sequence Of Operations (Image Formation System)

    Separation charging bias (AC) Separation charging bias (DC) F04-102-01 Note the following about the sequence: [1] potential control for copying [2] potential control for printing 4-3 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 244 [1] executes a series of charging operations before the formation of images, thereby stabiliz- ing the drum potential. [2] executes image formation 1. [3] executes image formation 2. 4-4 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 245: Potential Control

    F04-201-01 Block Diagram of the Control System The signals used are as follows: POT-DT: drum surface potential measurement value. POT -ON: when ‘1’, the potential sensor turns on. 4-5 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 246: Controlling Potential For Printing/Copying

    Reduced mode: 5 sec (approx.) Standard mode: 10 sec (approx.) Service May be turned off or set to reduced or Mode standard:COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO- CNTMD Default T04-201-02 4-6 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 247 [2] Potential control for printing; potential is measured as follows: of VD, 8 times max; of VL1, 8 times max; of VL2, once. COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO-CNT (turning on/off potential control) 0: potential control OFF 1: potential control ON 4-7 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 248 Potential control Potential control printing copying Fixing assembly temperature (end of fixing assembly warm-up) Start key ON Control panel power switch ON F04-201-03 4-8 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 249 It becomes valid when ‘1’ is set to COPIER>OPTION>TEMPO>F-HUM- Enter the humidity reading of the site of installation. (adjustment range: 30% to 99%; default: 35%) 4-9 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 250 Enter the value indicated on the service label if the RAM on the DC con- troller PCB has been replaced. For adjustment, see “Standards and Adjustments” in Chapter 2 of Troubleshooting 4-10 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 251: Determining Primary Current

    Fixing assembly temperature195˚C 200˚C WMUP STBY WMUPR Target VD Potential sensor Grid bias Primary charging Vpc Vpc Correction Potential control control sequence start sequence start F04--202-01 4-11 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 252: Determining The Laser Output

    WMUPR STBY VL1 VL1 VL1 TargetVL1 Potential sensor Developing bias (DC) Laser LP0 LP0 LP0 Potential control Correction control sequence start sequence start F04-203-01 4-12 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 253: Determining The Developing Bias

    WMUP WMUPR STBY Potential sensor Primary current Laser output level determined determined Laser Primary charging Vpc Vpc Selected potential Potential control sequence start F04-204-01 4-13 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 254: Apc Correction

    Based on the result, an appropriate correc- tive value is obtained for the laser output. 4-14 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 255 1: ON (default; executes initial rotation APC if left alone for 60 min.) 2: ON (executes initial rotation APC if left alone for 120 min.) 3: ON (turns off initial rotation APC only) 4: OFF 4-15 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 256: Density Adjustment In Each Mode

    (binary density processing) near the upper and lower limits of the bias. F value Developing DC bias Shift Image processing Image density standard value (V) Lighter Darker T04-206-01 4-16 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 257: Density Adjustment During Printing

    COPIER>OPTION-BODY>CNT-W/PR (turning on/off variable density mode during printing) 1: corrects target value to enable changing of density during printing (default). 0: disables changing of density during printing. 4-17 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 258: Controlling Charging

    1. Turning On/Off the Pre-Exposure LED Array J103A Pre-exposure lamp PEXP* [1] F04-301-01 The system uses the following signals: [1] pre-exposure LED control signal: when ‘0’, LED turns on. 4-18 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 259: Controlling Primary Charging

    ON when the voltage is about 3 V or higher or lower than 11 V; it turns OFF when the level is about 12 V or higher. [3] high-voltage remote signal; turns on/off the output of primary corona current. 4-19 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 260: Primary Charging Assembly Cleaning Mechanism

    [1] primary charging wire cleaning motor CCW drive signal 1; when ‘1’, the wire cleaner moves to the rear. [2] primary charging wire cleaning motor CW drive signal 2; when ‘1’, the wire cleaner moves to the front. 4-20 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 261: Others

    COPIER>OPTION>BODY>W-CLN-P Set the intervals at which auto cleaning of the primary charging wire is ex- ecuted in terms of the number of prints. 4-21 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 262: Dust-Collecting Roller Bias

    Scraper F04-303-01 The following signal is used for the system: [1] dust-collecting roller bias remote signal; if ‘1’, the dust-collecting roller bias turns on. 4-22 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 263: Controlling The Pre-Transfer Charging

    3 V or more and less than 11 V; it turns OFF when the voltage is about 12 V or more. [3] pre-transfer/separating charging remote signal; turns on/off the output of the pre-trans- fer/separation current. 4-23 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 264 3: high humidity mode (use higher-than-standard pre-transfer charging current) Setting it to ‘1’ through ‘3’ will make the control independent of the read- ing from the environment sensor. 4-24 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 265: Cleaning Mechanism For The Pre-Transfer Charging Assembly

    [1] pre-transfer charging wire cleaning motor CW drive signal; when ‘1’, the wire cleaner moves to the rear. [2] pre-transfer charging wire cleaning motor CCW drive signal; when ‘1’, the wire moves to the front. 4-25 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 266: Others

    PCB has been replaced. COPIER>OPTION>BODY>W-CLN-P Set the intervals at which auto cleaning of the primary charging wire is ex- ecuted in terms of the number of prints. 4-26 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 267: Controlling Transfer Charging

    ON; when about 12 V or higher, it turns OFF. [3] high-voltage remote signal; turns on/off the transfer current output. 4-27 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 268 3: high humidity environment mode (pre-transfer charging current higher than standard) Setting it to ‘1’ through ‘1’ will make control independent of the environ- ment sensor. 4-28 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 269: Cleaning Mechanism For The Transfer Charging Assembly

    [1] transfer charging wire cleaning motor CW drive signal; when ‘1’, the wire cleaner moves to the rear. [2] transfer charging wire cleaning motor CCW drive signal; when ‘1’, the wire cleaner moves to the front. 4-29 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 270: Others

    COPIER>OPTION>BODY>W-CLN-P Set the interval at which auto cleaning of the charging wire is executed in terms of the number of prints. 4-30 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 271 0: normal (default) 1: prevents double transfer 2: prevents separation faults 3: prevents transfer faults 4-31 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 272: Controlling Separation Charging

    SP-CNT [3] The level of voltage of the AC bias varies as follows in keeping with the potential of SP-CNT. 12KV 11V 12V HV-CNT F04-306-01 4-32 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 273 V, the output of the separation current turns ON; when about 12 V or higher, it turns OFF. [3] separation charging remote signal; turns on/off the output of the separation current. 4-33 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 274: Correcting The Output To Suit The Environment And The Density Of The Original Used

    3: high humidity environment mode (uses a higher-than-standard level of transfer charging current) Setting to ‘1’ through ‘3’ makes the mechanism independent of the environ- ment sensor. 4-34 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 275: Others

    The transfer/separation output value is switched for each source of paper to prevent various problems: 0: normal (default) 1: prevents double transfer 2: prevents separation faults 3: prevents transfer faults 4-35 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 276: Hopper/Developing Assembly

    Feed screw Hopper toner Stirring rod sensor (TS2) Toner feed screw Developing assembly toner sensor (TS1) Developing cylinder Developing assembly clutch Main motor F04-401-01 4-36 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 277: Controlling The Drive To The Hopper/Developing Assembly

    The system used to control the drive of the developing assembly is constructed as follows: J103B M10ON*[1] Hopper supply motor Hopper stirring motor M9ON* [2] J108B DEVCD* [3] J108A M1_LCK M1_ON Developing assembly clutch F04-402-01 4-37 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 278 [2] hopper supply motor drive signal; when ‘0’, the motor rotates to supply toner. [3] developing assembly clutch drive signal; when ‘0’, the developing assembly clutch turns 4-38 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 279: Controlling The Developing Bias

    DC bias current turns ON; if about 12 V or higher, it turns OFF. [2] developing DC bias remote signal; turns on/off the output of developing DC bias cur- rent. 4-39 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 280 (adjusting Vdc for printing) Enter the value indicated on the service label if the RAM on the DC con- troller PCB has been cleaned. 4-40 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 281: Detecting The Level Of Toner And Controlling The Supply Of Toner

    [1] developing assembly toner level detection signal; when the absence of toner is detected, ‘0’. [2] hopper toner level detection signal; when the absence of toner is detected, ‘0’. 4-41 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 282: Sequence Of Operations (Toner Supply)

    E020 (toner supply error) It is indicated when the toner sensor (TS1) inside the developing assembly detects the absence of toner for 120 sec or more. 4-42 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 283: Drum Cleaner Unit

    The following component parts are associated with the drum cleaner unit: Pre-exposure lamp (LED) Cleaning blade Auxiliary roller Separation claw Waste toner Magnet roller feedscrew F04-501-01 4-43 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 284: Detecting The Waste Toner

    The system used to detect waste toner (full condition) is constructed as follows: J108A M1_LCK M1_ON Main motor Waste toner feedscrew lock detection (MSW1) (front) J107 WT-RCK To MSW1 Waste toner bottle F04-502-01 4-44 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 285 The waste toner bottle is capable of holding as much toner as may be used for a maximum of about 500,000 prints. Memo 4-45 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 286: Controlling The Drum Heater

    [1] drum heater drive control signal; when ‘1’, AC power is supplied to the drum heater control PCB. [2] thermistor temperature detection signal; feeds voltage of a level suited to the detected temperature. 4-46 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 287 Half wave (full wave if 120/230 V) Full wave Standby, Jam, Front cover open Full wave Full wave Power save mode Full wave T04-601-01 4-47 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 288 2. Shift SW2001-1 on the drum heater control PCB to ON (controlled to 47°C). SW2001 J2001 F04-601-02 SW2001-1 SW2001-2 ON (controlled to 47°C) Not used OFF (default: controlled to 43°C) T04-601-02 4-48 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 289: Disassembly And Assembly

    6. The front cover switch or the main power switch must be turned off before sliding out the duplex unit or the fixing/feeding unit. Toner must not be thrown away into fire to avoid explosion. 4-49 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 290: Pre-Exposure Lamp Unit

    [2]. 6) Disconnect the connector [3], and re- move the two mounting screws [4]; then, detach the pre-exposure lamp unit [5]. F04-701-01 F04-701-02 4-50 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 291: Photosensitive Drum

    4) Remove the potential sensor assembly. 5) Remove the potential sensor rail stay. 6) Remove the three mounting screws [1], and detach the gear plate [2]. F04-702-01 4-51 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 292: Replacing The Drum Heater

    1) Remove the photosensitive drum from the process unit. 2) Remove the two mounting screws [1], and detach the flange [2] from the front. F04-702-04 4-52 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 293: Mounting The Photosensitive Drum

    2) Disconnect the connector [1], and de- tach the drum heater assembly [2]. 3) Set the DIP switch (SW2001-1) [3] on the drum heater control PCB. F04-702-06 4-53 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 294: Process Unit

    [1] on the registration roller assembly. 6) Disconnect the four connectors [2], and remove the two mounting screws [3]. F04-703-01 4-54 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 295 8) Slide out the process unit [7] until it stops. F04-703-03 4-55 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 296: Mounting The Process Unit

    [4], and fit the mount- ing screw [5] into the center opening of the drum rotating tool; then, tighten the mounting screw. F04-703-06 4-56 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 297: Potential Sensor/Potential Control Pcb

    F04-704-02 5) Free the cable [6] from the cable guide. 6) Remove the six screws [7], and detach the door switch assembly [8]. F04-704-03 4-57 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 298 [10]. F04-704-04 8) Remove the four screws [11] and three [11] connectors [12], and detach the poten- tial control PCB [13]. [12] [13] F04-704-05 4-58 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 299: Adjusting The Potential Sensor

    Be sure to keep the clip [3] fully away from the sensor and not to bring it in contact with the cover of the sensor. F04-704-07 4-59 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 300 12) Disconnect the power plug from the power outlet. 13) Remove the checking electrode from the potential sensor. 14) Mount the potential sensor. 4-60 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 301: Primary Charging Assembly

    COPIER>FUNCTION> CLEANING>WIRE-CLN. Further, be user to use a strengthened polishing pad (blue holder) as the cleaning pad. 4-61 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 302: Pre-Transfer Charging Assembly

    100°C or lower, you need not execute this, as the wire will be cleaned automati- cally. 4-62 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 303: Transfer/Separation Charging Assembly

    4) Disconnect the connector [5], and slide out the transfer/separation charging as- sembly [6] to the front; then, detach it by pulling it up at an angle. F04-707-03 4-63 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 304: Mounting The Transfer/Separation Charging Assembly

    (slide from the front). F04-707-05 F04-707-06 3) Mount the fixing guide plate [4] with a mounting screw [5]. F04-707-07 4-64 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 305 Further, be sure to use a strengthened polishing pad (blue holder) as the cleaning pad. 4-65 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 306: Charging Wire

    [1] of both shielding plates at the same time). 2) Remove the wire cleaner. F04-708-02 For other charging assemblies, remove the two lids. 4-66 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 307 6) At the rear, hook the charging wire on the charging wire positioner; then, hook the charging wire tension spring on the charging wire where indicated to F04- 708-04. F04-708-04 4-67 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 308 11) Mount the wire cleaner. At this time, pay attention to make sure that the wire cleaner is oriented correctly. 12) Wipe the charging wire with lint-free paper moistened with alcohol. 4-68 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 309: Routing The Grid For The Primary Charging Assembly

    Screw and the motor unit, and wind it once around the mounting screw (clockwise), and secure it in place with a mounting screw. F04-708-09 4-69 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 310 2. Be sure that the runs are laid at equal intervals (i.e., the wire is in the groove of the block). 4-70 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 311: Adjusting The Height Of The Charging Wire

    0.7 mm. 4-71 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 312: Cleaning The Primary Anti-Stray Sheet

    54P.) 5) Remove the two screws [1], and remove the potential sensor rail stay [2]. F04-708-10 6) Clean the primary anti-stray sheet [3]. F04-708-11 4-72 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 313: Developing Assembly

    [2] in the direction of the arrow to de- tach. F04-709-01 3) Disconnect the connector [3], and take the developing assembly [4] out of the machine slowly. F04-709-02 4-73 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 314: Removing The Blade Unit

    Do not remove it on its own in the field (i.e., be sure to remove it intact with its mounting base). 4-74 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 315: Mounting The Blade

    4) Remove the grip ring [3] mounted to the cylinder shaft at the rear; then, re- move the gear [4], parallel pin [5], and push-on roll [6]. F04-709-06 4-75 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 316 7) Remove the grip ring [11] mounted to the cylinder shaft at the front, and de- tach the push-on roll [12]. [11] [12] F04-709-09 4-76 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 317: Cleaning The Developing Anti-Stray Sheet

    (Do not use solvent.) 7.9.5 Cleaning the Developing Anti-Stray Sheet 1) Remove the developing assembly, and clean the developing anti-stray sheet [1]. F04-709-12 4-77 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 318: Hopper Assembly

    The screw [1] is used to prevent the hopper assembly [2] from dropping; when removing it, be sure to support the hoper assem- bly with your hand. 4-78 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 319: Drum Cleaner

    [3]. F04-711-02 5) Remove the E-ring [4] from under the cleaning blade assembly, and detach the pressure spring [5]. F04-711-03 4-79 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 320: Mounting The Cleaning Blade

    [1] will be the face. 1) Push in the cleaning blade [2] until it butts slightly again the rear. No gap Blade retaining plate F04-711-06 4-80 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 321 4-81 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 322: Mounting The Side Seal

    3) Attach the side seal [1] at the front and the rear to the cleaner housing while making sure its position is as indicated. F04-711-08 4-82 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 323: Cleaning The Cleaner Side Scraper

    5) Repeat steps 3) through 5) until the area from which toner was removed in step 3) is once again coated with an even layer of toner. 4-83 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 324: Separation Claw/Separation Claw Drive Assembly

    2) Remove the screw [1], and detach the cover [2]. 3) Remove the two screws [3], and detach the claw holder [4]. 4-84 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 325: Chapter 5 Pick-Up/Feeding System

    CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 327: Outline

    Related user mode Cassette auto selection on/off Paper icon selection Related mechanical Deck horizontal registration adjustment Cassette horizontal registration Manual tray horizontal registra- tion T05-101-01 5-1 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 328: Arrangement Of Roller And Sensors

    1 roller PS25 Pickup vertical path 2 roller PS26 PS21 Pickup vertical path 3 roller PS27 PS22 Pickup vertical path 4 roller F05-102-01 5-2 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 329 Duplexing paper sensor PS35 Internal delivery sensor PS36 External delivery sensor PS37 Reversal sensor 1 PS38 Reversal sensor 2 PS46 Delivery assembly jam sensor T05-102-01 5-3 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 330: Pickup Assembly

    J112-A5 Right deck paper detection signal (RDPD) J105-13 Right deck lifter motor drive signal (RDLM) J112-A8 Right deck retry signal (RDRT) J112-B5 Right deck feed paper detection signal (RDPFS) F05-201-01 5-4 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 331 Cassette 4 pickup solenoid drive signal (C4PUSD*) PS22 PS18 PS14 J110-B2 Cassette 4 lifter detection signal (C4LTP) J110-B5 Cassette 4 paper detection signal (C4PD) F05-201-02 5-5 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 332: Outline

    The sheet of paper moves through the vertical path assembly, and reaches the registration roller. The pickup motor (M11, M12, M24) is a stepping motor, adopted to ensure good separa- tion and high durability. 5-6 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 333: Sequence Of Operations (Pickup)

    (M17) Laser write start sensor (PS28) Registration paper sensor (PS29) Registration roller clutch (CL2) [1] : Rests to arch against the registration roller. F05-201-03 5-7 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 334 Rests to arch against the registration roller. [2] : Rests to adjust the sheet-to-sheet interval 20 mm from the vertical path 3 roller. F05-201-04 5-8 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 335: Pickup Retry Operation

    Retry sensor Thereafter, same as normal pickup sequence. Vertical path sensor *1 : Period of detection, determined by the clock pulses from the motor. F05-201-06 5-9 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 336 The following is used to switch the temperature control mechanism for the fixing heater to use thick paper sequence when a specific source is selected: COPIER>OPTION>CST>C1-DWSW C1: front deck (right) COPIER>OPTION>CST>C2-DWSW C2: front deck (left) 5-10 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 337: Lifter Movement

    (PS9) Drive motor Right deck lifter Left deck lifter Cassette 3 lifter Cassette 4 lifter motor (M5) motor (M4) motor (M20) motor (M21) T05-202-01 5-11 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 338 F05-202-01 • Cassette retry sensor Pickup roller Feed rollers Paper Separation roller Pickup roller Lifter sensor Lifter Paper sensor Cassette open/ closed sensor F05-202-02 5-12 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 339: Lifter Limiter Control Circuit (Right/Left Deck)

    Motor Limit driver Left deck detection lifter drive circuit motor J115 Left deck Left deck lifter limit signal PS12 limit sensor (LDEL) F05-202-03 5-13 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 340: Detecting The Presence/Absence Of Paper

    100% to about 50% of capacity 2 bars 50% to about 10% of capacity 1 bar 10% or less of capacity No bar Absence of paper F05-202-06 T05-202-02 5-14 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 341 Sensor Sensor Sensor (PS47) (PS48) (PS7) (PS49) (PS50) (PS11) 100% to about 50% about 50% to about 10% about 10% or less absent T05-202-03 5-15 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 342 275 sheets exist in the cassette 3 COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C4-LVOL when 50 sheets exist in the cassette 4 COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C4-HVOL when 275 sheets exist in the cassette 4 5-16 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 343: Identifying The Size Of Paper In The Cassette

    The paper width sensor, on the other hand, is a variable resistor, and the resistance it reads is used to find out the width of paper. 5-17 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 344 [1] Changing the position of the paper size guide plate inside the cassette. [2] Registering the new paper size in service mode. COPIER>OPTION>CST>P-SZ-C4 cassette 4 paper size 5-18 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 345: Markings On The Width Guide Rail

    (Note that this information is not disclosed to the user). Marking Paper name Remarks STMT-R A5-R B5-R KLGL-R GLTR-R G-LGL A4-R LGL/LTR-R FLSC B4/B5 G-LTR 279.4×431.8mm (11"×17") / LTR A3/A4 T05-203-02 5-19 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 346: Paper Sizes

    206.6 (U3) G-LTRR 196.6 K-LGLR 186.0 165.2 144.1 STMTR T05-203-03 Size Group G-LTR K-LGL FOOLSCAP OFFICIO E-OFFI A-OFFI M-OFI G-LGL FOLIO AUS-FLS A-LTR T05-203-04 5-20 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 347 Used to switch the fixing temperature control mechanism for pickup for the right deck. COPIER>OTPON>BODY>C2-DWSW Used to switch the fixing temperature control mechanism for pickup for the left deck. 5-21 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 348 Government LTRR G-LTRR (203±1)×(267±1) Argentine LGL A-LGL (220±1)×(340±1) Government LGL G-LGL (203±1)×(330±1) FOLIO FOLI (210±1)×(330±1) Argentine Officio A-OFI (220±1)×(340±1) Mexico Officio M-OFI (210±1)×(341±1) T05-203-05 5-22 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 349: Manual Feed Tray Pickup Assembly

    DC controller PCB Paper Feed roller Manual feed Registration roller pull-out roller PS23 Tray Manual feed holding plate Separation roller F05-204-01 5-23 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 350: Detecting The Size Of Paper On The Manual Feed Tray

    Used to enter the paper width basic value for A6R for the manual feed tray. COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A4 Used to enter the paper width basic value for A4 paper for the manual feed tray. 5-24 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 351: Controlling The Registration Clutch

    (ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>REGIST). 3.2 Control System Registration rollers Main motor Registration drive signal (RGCD*) J106-A6 DC controller F05-302-01 5-25 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 352: Double-Sided Prints

    4.1.1 Sending Paper to the Reversing Assembly After Printing on the First Side DC controller PCB PS36 PS35PS4 Delivery flapper PS46 PS29 PS38 PS37 Reversing flapper F05-401-01 5-26 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 353: Sending Paper From The Revers- Ing Assembly To The Duplexing/Feeding Assembly

    PS28 Curling roller PS38 Duplexing Duplexing Duplexing assembly feeding left roller feeding right roller outlet roller PS30 PS31PS34 PS24 PS37 DC controller PCB F05-401-02 5-27 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 354: Outline

    Thereafter, the duplexing feed left/right motor (M29, M18) turns on once again to feed the paper to the duplexing wait position. In thick paper mode, the paper is not arched. Memo 5-28 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 355: Sequence Of Operations (Printing)

    Horizontal registration sensor (PS31) [1]:stops to arch against the duplexing feed right roller. [2]:stops for control of the sheet-to-sheet distance in duplexing wait F05-402-01 5-29 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 356: Through-Path Operation

    COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-REFE Use it to adjust image write start position in main scanning direction for re- pickup. (-100 to 100 mm) 5-30 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 357: Outline Of Operations

    4) The 1st sheet is moved to the duplexing sheet. feeding assembly. The 1st sheet is moved to the reversing assembly. The 3rd sheet is picked up. F05-403-01 5-31 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 358 8) The 7th side is printed on the 4th sheet, sheet. and the 1st sheet is delivered. The 2nd sheet is moved to duplexing wait position. The 4th sheet is picked up. F05-403-02 5-32 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 359 11) The 6th side is printed on the 3rd 12) The 3rd sheet is delivered. sheet. The 4th sheet is held in wait in duplexing wait position. F05-403-03 5-33 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 360 14) The 4th sheet is delivered, and the sheet. 10th side is printed on the 5th side. 15) The 5th sheet is delivered. F05-403-04 5-34 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 361: Detecting Horizontal Registration Position

    (1 pulse = 0.16 mm, approx.). Related service mode: COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-REFE T05-404-01 PS31 Detection start position 10mm Home position Edge of paper Paper F05-404-01 5-35 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 362: Operation

    *2: Different paper sizes result in different paper edge positions, thus different S.P. H.P: Start position of the duplexing horizontal sensor. S.P: Start position of detection by the duplexing registration sensor. F05-404-02 5-36 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 363: Controlling The Pickup Assembly . 5-37P

    (M17) See F05-201-01 Motor error Delivery motor (M13) Same as above. T05-501-01 DC controller Motor driver +24V J2104 J2101 J104 +24V (IC5025) +24V F05-501-01 5-37 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 364: Controlling The Delivery Assembly

    (M14) turns on to stop the paper when its trailing edge turns on the re- versal sensor 1 (PS37). PS37 PS37 Reversing flapper F05-601-02 5-38 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 365 1: causes paper to pass over the reversing roller for delivery (face-down) after de-curling In thick paper mode, the paper is moved over the reversing roller to remove its curl. Memo 5-39 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 366: Controlling The Cassette Heater

    If the environment switch (SW3) is off, the heater will not be supplied with power through the AC line even if the cassette heater switch (SW4) remains 5-40 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 367 (SW3) remains on: Main power switch Standby/front During printing In power save (SW1) OFF cover open mode Cassette heater switch (SW4) Cassette heater (H4) T05-700-02 5-41 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 368: Detecting Jams

    8.1.1 Arrangement of Jam Sensors PS36 PS35 PS29 PS28 PS46 PS38 PS31PS34 PS30 PS24 PS37 PS33 PS32 PS20 PS19 PS25 PS26 PS21 PS27 PS22 F05-801-01 5-42 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 369: Types Of Jams

    External delivery sensor PS36 Reversal sensor 1 PS37 Reversal sensor 2 PS38 Duplexing paper sensor PS34 Duplexing pre-registration sensor PS30 Delivery assembly jam sensor PS46 T05-801-01 5-43 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 370: Sequence Of Operations (Jam Detection)

    Cassette 3 Cassette 3/4 pickup motor (M12) Cassette 3 retry sensor (PS21) Cassette 4 Cassette 3/4 pickup motor (M12) Cassette 4 retry sensor (PS22) T05-802-01 5-44 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 371 Reversal sensor 2 (PS38) Delivery assembly jam sensor (PS46) Duplexing paper sensor (PS34) Reversal sensor 2 (PS38) Duplexing pre-registration sensor (PS30) Duplexing paper sensor (PS34) T05-802-02 5-45 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 372: Stationary Jams

    A stationary jam at power-on is identified in reference to the presence/absence of paper over a specific sensor about 1 sec after the control panel power switch is turned on. 5-46 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 373: Jam History

    The machine remembers the following in the event of a jam, and will resume operation using the data after removal of the jam: • Remaining number of copies • Copying mode 5-47 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 374: Disassembly And Assembly

    6. The front cover switch or the main power switch must be turned off before sliding out the duplex unit or the fixing/feeding unit. Toner must not be thrown away into fire to avoid explosion. 5-48 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 375: Manual Feed Tray Assembly

    [4]. F05-901-02 9.1.2 Opening of the Right Upper Cover 1) Open the right upper cover, and remove the mounting screw [1]. F05-901-03 5-49 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 376: Removing The Manual Feed Pull-Out Roller Unit

    2) Remove the two stop rings [1] (left, right), and remove the two bushings [2]; then, detach the separation roller assem- bly [3]. F05-901-06 5-50 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 377: Adjusting The Pressure Of The Separation Roller

    [2], and shift the mounting base [3] up; then, fix it in hole B using a mounting screw [2]. Hole B F05-901-09 5-51 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 378: Removing The Manual Feed Tray Paper Sensor

    [4]. F05-901-11 4) Free the harness [5] from the harness guide [6], and disconnect the connector [7]. 5) Remove the sensor [8]. F05-901-12 5-52 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 379: Attaching The Side Guide Timing Belt In The Manual Feed Tray Assembly

    When removing the stopper [2] and the gear [3], take care not to (rear) lose the three parallel pins [7]; they will slip off. (front) F05-901-14 5-53 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 380: Deck Pickup Assembly

    2) Remove the two stoppers [2] found on the left and right sides of the left deck [1]; then, detach the left deck [1]. F05-902-02 5-54 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 381: Removing The Cassette 3 Pickup Assembly

    2) Remove the two resin E-rings [1] on the outside, and detach the pickup roller [2] in the direction of the arrow. F05-902-05 5-55 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 382: Removing The Feeding Roller

    [5]; then, Left deck pickup assembly detach the feeding roller [7] together [4] [5] [3] [7] [6] with the timing belt [6]. F05-902-08 5-56 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 383: Orientation Of The Feeding Roller Of The Deck/Cassette Pickup Assembly

    Right deck pickup assembly bly [5] form the joint. (For the left deck pickup assembly, re- move one screw [6].) Left deck pickup assembly F05-902-11 5-57 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 384 (performance). In addition, note that the part is not classified by color. F05-902-13 5-58 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 385: Adjusting The Separation Roller Pressure

    Make sure it is mounted in the correct orienta- tion. (front of machine) Left deck pickup assembly Narrow groove Wider groove F05-902-15 5-59 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 386: Adjusting The Left/Right Registration For The Front Deck

    9.2.12 Adjusting the Registration for the Cassette 3/4 1) Loosen the two fixing screws [1] found on the left and right of the cassette. F05-902-18 5-60 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 387: Removing The Lifter Motor M20 (M21) Of The Cassette 3 (4)

    (In the case of the lifter motor M21, re- move the cassette 3 pickup assembly [2]; for instructions, see 9.2.1 “Remov- ing the Right Deck.”) F05-902-21 5-61 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 388 M20 (M21) [3] to the left, and press the release button halfway once again to make a check. F05-902-24 5-62 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 389: Adjusting The Position Of The Cassette 3/4 Pickup Solenoid (Sl3, 4)

    A of the roller arm is 36±0.5 mm when [1] and [2] are operated as shown. Viewed from A F05-902-25 5-63 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 390: Vertical Path Roller Assembly

    1) Slide out the right deck and the cassette 3/4. 2) Remove the three screws [1], and detach the cassette holder right cover [2]. F05-903-03 5-64 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 391 E-ring [4], 3 pc. bushing [5], 2 pc. roller mount [6] blue gear [7] parallel pin [8] 4) Remove the vertical path roller 2/3 [9]. F05-903-06 5-65 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 392: Registration Feeding Assembly

    3) Remove the transfer separation charging assembly. 4) Remove the registration clutch. 5) Remove the two mounting screws [1], and detach the protection cover [2]. F05-904-02 5-66 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 393 [8] [12] spring [9] E-ring [10] spacer [11] bearing [12] stopper [13] break [14] 8) Remove the registration roller [15]. [14] [11] [10] F05-904-04 5-67 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 394: Feeding Assembly

    6) Remove the E-ring [9], pulley [10], pin [11], three screws [12], E-ring [13], and [15] bearing [14]; then, detach the feeding belt unit [15]. [14] [12] [13] [11] [10] F05-905-04 5-68 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 395: Removing The Fixing/Feeding Unit Releasing Lever Switch

    [5]. F05-905-07 5) Remove the two mounting screws [6], and detach the releasing lever switch [7]. F05-905-08 5-69 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 396: Duplex Unit

    2) Disconnect the connector [1]. 3) Remove the three mounting screws [2], and detach the reversal motor [3] to- gether with its support plate. F05-906-03 5-70 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 397: Mounting The Reversal Motor

    2) Mount the support plate [4] (2 pc.) and the motor [5] using three mounting screws [3]; then, attach the timing belt [6]. F05-906-06 5-71 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 398: Removing The Duplexing Feeding Left Motor

    1) Remove the front cover of the duplex unit. 2) Disconnect the connector [1], and re- move the two screws [2]; then, detach the duplex feeding right motor [3]. F05-906-09 5-72 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 399: Removing The Horizontal Registration Motor

    2) Remove the two mounting screws [1], and detach the cover [2]. F05-906-11 3) Remove the two mounting screws [3], and detach the sensor together with its base [4]. F05-906-12 5-73 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 400: Removing The Duplex Paper Sensor

    3) Remove the two mounting screws [3], and detach the sensor together with its base [4]. F05-906-15 4) Disconnect the connector [5], and re- move the sensor [6]. F05-906-16 5-74 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 401: Removing The Reversal

    1) Slide the duplex unit out of the ma- chine. 2) Remove the two mounting screws [1], and detach the sensor together with its base [2]. F05-906-19 5-75 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 402: Removing The Left Deck Feed Paper Sensor

    [3]. F05-906-21 2) Remove the left deck feed paper sensor [4]. F05-906-22 5-76 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 403: Removing The Horizontal Registration Sensor

    3) Disconnect all connectors from the du- plex driver PCB. 4) Remove the four mounting screws [1], and detach the duplex driver PCB [2]. F05-906-24 5-77 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 404 2) Remove the two mounting screws [1], and disconnect the connector [2]; then, detach the fan together with its base [3]. F05-906-26 5-78 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 405 [2] so that the drive le- ver [1] is fully pushed when the sole- noid turns on (i.e., the plunger is drawn). F05-906-28 5-79 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 407: Chapter 6 Fixing System

    CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 409: Outline Of Operation

    Low if original is shorter than B5R [2] Control of reciprocating movement of thermistor (about 12 mm) [3] Control of reciprocating movement of upper separation claw (about 3 mm) T06-101-01 6-1 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 410 Lower Fixing assembly inlet guide separation claw Fixing lower roller F06-101-01 Fixing upper roller Sub thermistor (TH2) Main thermistor (TH1) Thermal switch (TP1) F06-101-02 6-2 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 411 1st and 2nd sheets, and remains off for the 3rd sheet; repeats the sequence thereafter Upper separation claw Moves in reciprocating motions (about 3 mm) Moves up/down (about 1.8 mm) T06-101-02 6-3 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 412: Basic Sequence Of Operations (Fixing System)

    STBY Wait indicator Green Fixing motor (M3) Main heater (H1) 100V Sub heater (H2) 120/230V Sub heater (H2) 210˚C 205˚C 200˚C 195˚C 190˚C F06-102-01 6-4 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 413: Fixing Drive System

    Fixing web drive solenoid Drive signal J106B Thermistor (TH1) Fixing drive motor Upper separation claw Drive signal J106A Fixing inlet guide drive solenoid F06-201-01 6-5 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 414: Controlling The Drive Of The Fixing Roller

    It is indicated when the drive lock signal is absent for 2 sec or more 2 sec after the fixing motor drive signal (M19ON) is generated. 6-6 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 415: Controlling The Drive Of The Cleaning Web

    Use it to enable/disable the Replace Web message. Be sure to reset the following to ‘0’ in service mode whenever you have re- placed the fixing web: COPIER>COUNTER>MISC>FIX-WEB and COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1>FIX-WEB. 6-7 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 416: Controlling The Drive Of The Fixing Assembly Inlet Guide

    [1] Fixing assembly inlet guide drive signal; when ‘0’, the fixing assembly inlet guide moves up. [2] Fixing inlet guide drive signal; when ‘0’, the fixing assembly inlet guide moves down. 6-8 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 417: Controlling The Reciprocating Mechanisms Of The Thermistor

    The control system of the thermistor reciprocating mechanism is constructed as follows: (front) Length of travel: 12 mm (approx.) One-way clutch Fixing upper roller Web drive solenoid (SL2) (rear) Main thermistor F06-205-01 6-9 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 418: Controlling The Reciprocating Mechanism Of The Upper Separation Claw

    The system used to control the reciprocating mechanism of the upper separation claw is constructed as follows: Distance of travel: 3 mm (approx.) (rear) Upper separation claw unit (front) One-way clutch Eccentric cam Fixing motor F06-206-01 6-10 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 419: Controlling The Fixing Temperature

    Web guide plate Sub thermistor (TH2) Fixing upper roller Main thermistor (TH1) AC driver PCB Thermal switch AC power (TP1) supply PS35 Fixing lower roller F06-301-01 6-11 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 420: Temperature Control

    (after power-on, 212°C in M/L mode). [13] Special paper mode Used to hold printing unit if the fixing temperature reaches 180°C for special paper. T06-302-01 6-12 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 421: Normal Sequence

    H mode M/L mode Initial multiple rotation 195°C 205°C Control Standby 200°C 210°C temperature Start of printing 200°C 210°C During printing 203°C 212°C T06-302-02 6-13 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 422: During Printing

    210 ˚C 205 ˚C 200 ˚C 195 ˚C F06-302-02 Control temperature Initial multiple rotation 195°C Standby 200°C Start of printing 200°C During printing 203°C T06-302-03 6-14 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 423: Temperature Control By Mode

    160°C T06-302-04 iR6000i Down Sequence 60 cpm return mode 175°C Control 50 cpm mode 170°C temperature 40 cpm mode 165°C print stop 160°C T06-302-05 6-15 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 424 170°C T06-302-06 iR6000i Down Sequence 60 cpm return mode 185°C Control 50 cpm mode 180°C temperature 40 cpm mode 175°C print stop 170°C T06-302-07 6-16 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 425 Low power mode 140°C *Period of time before the machine starts standby state in response to a second press on the Power Save key. T06-302-08 6-17 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 426: Detecting Errors

    · AC line off at 240˚C SUB_HT_ON [3] Relay SUB_DETECT [4] AC driver MAIN_HT_ON [5] MAIN_DETECT [6] Front cover J119 1 1 1 F06-303-01 6-18 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 427 If 'E000' through 'E004' is indicated, the error code indication will not be reset even when the main power switch is turned off and then on, requiring resetting in service mode (COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR). 6-19 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 428: Disassembly And Assembly

    6. The front cover switch or the main power switch must be turned off before sliding out the duplex unit or the fixing/feeding unit. Toner must not be thrown away into fire to avoid explosion. 6-20 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 429: Removing The Fixing/Feeding Unit

    To slide in the unit, fit the part of the slide rails into the rails of the machine, and push the unit straight inside. F06-401-02 6-21 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 430: Removing The Fixing Assembly

    [5]; then, de- tach the fixing drive assembly [6]. F06-401-04 4) Disconnect the three connectors [7], and free the harness from the harness guide. F06-401-05 6-22 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 431 [10]; then, hold- [11] ing the front [12] and the rear [13] of the fixing assembly [11], remove the fixing assembly from the machine. [12] F06-401-07 6-23 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 432: Fixing Roller Cleaning Assembly

    F06-402-02 4) While pushing the web feed roller [4] and the web take-up roller [5] toward the rear, remove the web [6]. F06-402-03 6-24 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 433: Mounting The Fixing Web

    In addi- tion, be sure that the web is wound and attached as shown. Feed roller F06-402-06 6-25 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 434: Adjusting The Fixing Web Solenoid (Sl9)

    [2] so that the position of the drive lever [1] is as it was before re- placement. F06-402-09 6-26 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 435: Fixing Heater And The Control Parts

    F06-403-02 4) Remove the screw [7], and detach the heater positioning plate (front) [8]. 5) Remove the main heater and the sub heater. F06-403-03 6-27 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 436: Mounting The Main/Sub Heater

    2) After detaching the fixing web, remove the two screws [1], and detach the oil pan [2] and the fixing harness cover [3]. F06-403-06 6-28 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 437: Removing The Main Thermistor

    2) Remove the fixing web and the oil pan. 3) Remove the fixing harness cover. 4) Remove the two screws [1], and detach the insulating plate [2]. F06-403-09 6-29 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 438 A when detaching and attaching the thermistor. F06-403-10 7) Remove the two thermistor retaining springs [7], and detach the main ther- mistor [8]. F06-403-11 6-30 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 439: Removing The Sub Thermistor

    5) Remove the screw [2], and detach the sub thermistor assembly [3]. F06-403-12 6) Remove the screw [4], and detach the sub thermistor [5]. F06-403-13 6-31 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 440: Fixing Roller Assembly

    [3], bushing [4], and bearing [5]. 7) Remove the C-ring [6] at the rear, and remove the gear [7], bearing [8], and bushing [9]. (front) (rear) F06-404-02 6-32 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 441: Mounting The Fixing Upper Roller

    5) Remove the lower roller [3] from the fixing assembly; then, remove the E- ring [4] and the bearing [5] from both front and rear. F06-404-05 6-33 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 442: Adjusting The Nip

    1) Take the fixing assembly out of the ma- chine. 2) Open the delivery assembly. 3) Adjust the nip using the adjusting screw [1] at the front and the rear. F06-404-07 6-34 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 443: Fixing Separation Assembly

    3) Remove the spring [1] of the lower separation claw. F06-405-02 4) Remove the three screws [2], and detach the lower separation claw support plate [3] and the separation claw. F06-405-03 6-35 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 444: Delivery Assembly

    4) Remove the E-ring [6] at the front, and detach the bearing [7]. F06-406-02 5) Slide the external delivery roller assem- bly [8] toward the rear to detach. F06-406-03 6-36 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 445: Removing The Internal Delivery Roller

    [2] and the bearing [3]. F06-406-05 4) Remove the E-ring [4] at the rear, and remove the bearing [5] and the internal delivery roller [6]. F06-406-06 6-37 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 446: Adjusting The Position Of The Delivery Flapper Solenoid (Sl5)

    Adjust the position of the solenoid using the screw [2] so that the drive lever [1] is fully pushed when the solenoid turns on (i.e., the plunger is drawn). F06-406-07 6-38 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 447: Paper Sensor

    3) Remove the internal delivery roller. 4) Remove the mounting screw [1], and detach the sensor together with its sen- sor support plate [2]. F06-407-03 6-39 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 448 3) Remove the two screws [1], and detach the sensor support plate [2]. F06-407-05 4) Disconnect the connector [3], and de- tach the delivery jam sensor [4]. F06-407-06 6-40 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 449 3) Remove the two sensors [1], and detach the sensor support plate [2]. F06-407-07 4) Disconnect the connector [3], and de- tach the external delivery sensor [4]. F06-407-08 6-41 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 450 Do not loosen the mounting screw on the inlet guide base in the field. Otherwise, be sure to adjust it with reference to the index on the fixing assembly base. 6-42 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 451: Chapter 7 Externals And Controls

    CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 453: Control Panel

    Used to end a check on the activation of LEDs in the control panel. COPIER>FUNCTION>PANEL>KEY-CHK Used to start a check on key inputs. COPIER>FUNCTION>PANEL>TOUCHCHK Used to adjust the coordinates in the touch panel. 7-1 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 454: Fans

    Yes (24/12V) E804 Hard disk fan Cools the hard disk. Yes (24/12V) E607 Duplexing feeding Cools the duplexing feeding mo- Yes (24V) tor. T07-201-01 7-2 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 455 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS The arrangement of the fans and the direction of air are as follows: F07-201-01 7-3 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 456: Operation

    15 min 15 min 15 min Hard disk fan (FM7) yyyyyy yyyyy yyyyy yyyyyy Duplexing feeding fan (FM8) : full speed. : half speed. F07-202-02 7-4 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 457: Power Supply

    • Serves as the switch to turn on/off the cassette heater (H4) (SW4) and deck heater (H5). Main relay (RL1) • Cuts off the AC line to the fixing heater and AC driver. T07-301-01 7-5 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 458: Distribution Of Power Among Switches

    The following are the default settings of the cassette heater switch (SW4) and the environ- ment switch (SW3): Default setting 100V model 120V model 230V model Cassette heater switch (SW4) Not provided Environment switch (SW3) T07-301-03 7-6 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 459 NE data Controller unit 24VU2 3.3VB/5V controller (accessory) Control Accessory ON signal Control Inverter panel power supply Card IV (accessory) Control panel switch F07-301-01 7-7 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 460: Output Of Power Supplies

    (SW4) is ON, the cassette heater is supplied with power (AC). 3.3VB* *Supply is sent to the following: 3.3 VB:controller unit T07-301-04 7-8 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 461: Rated Outputs Of The Dc Power Supply

    * However, the AC input must be 85 to 135 V for the 100-V model, and 187 to 264 V for the 230-V model. 7-9 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 462: Protection Mechanism

    3 24VU2 current Over- detection current 24VU3 24VU1/24VU2/ circuit 3 24VU3/24VU4/ protection 24VU4 24VA circuit 3 24VA Sequence control circuit Fuse (F4001) F07-303-01 7-10 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 463 Stops output [3] of the DC Remove the cause; then, turn circuit 3 power supply PCB. off and then on the control panel power switch. T07-303-01 7-11 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 464: Others

    The machine has to wait until the revolution of the laser scanner motor returns from silent mode to normal, taking a while longer than otherwise before it starts printing. 7-12 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 465: Disassembly And Assembly

    6. The front cover switch or the main power switch must be turned off before sliding out the duplex unit or the fixing/feeding unit. Toner must not be thrown away into fire to avoid explosion. 7-13 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 466: External Covers

    [15] Reader rear cover (5; ADF connector) [13] [16] Reader left cover (2) [10] [17] Hard disk cover (2) [12] [18] Top panel (4) [11] Externals 2 F07-501-02 7-14 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 467: Removing The

    3) Remove the right upper cover and the right upper cover base. 4) Open the manual feed cover. 5) Remove the four mounting screws, and detach the top plate [2]. F07-501-04 7-15 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 468: Arrangement Of Electrical Parts (Rear Of The Machine)

    (p. 7-33P) • high-voltage PCB (p. 7-24P) [1][2] [4] [5] [23] [22] [21] [10] [20] [19] [11] [18] [12] [13] [17] [16] [15] [14] F07-502-01 7-16 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 469 [22] Pre-registration motor (M17) [13] Cassette 3 length detection [23] Controller cooling fan (FM4) • cassette 3 level detection (SVR2) • cassette 3 paper width detection (SVR4) 7-17 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 470: Control Panel

    [2]. F07-503-01 4) Remove the six screws [3], and discon- nect the connector [4]; then, detach the control panel [5]. F07-503-02 7-18 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 471: Removing The Lcd Panel

    CPU PCB [8]. F07-503-04 4) Remove the ten mounting screws [9], [10] and detach the shielding plate [10]. F07-503-05 7-19 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 472: Removing The Control Panel Inverter Pcb

    1) Remove the control panel. 2) Disconnect the two connectors [1], and remove the four mounting screws [2]; then, detach there control panel inverter PCB [3]. F07-503-07 7-20 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 473: Removing The Control Panel Family Pcb

    1) Remove the control panel. 2) Remove the shielding plate. 3) Remove the mounting screw, and detach the control panel family PCB [4]. F07-503-08 7-21 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 474: Pcbs

    PCB. (Keep in mind that failure to do so will disable the control panel indication.) Brown Yellow (IC104) Blue (IC109) Red (IC105) (IC127) Green (IC110) J303 White (IC130) F07-504-02 7-22 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 475: Removing The Main Controller Box

    3) Remove the four mounting screws [1], and detach the controller cover [2]. F07-504-03 4) Remove the six mounting screws [3], and detach the differential PCB [4]. F07-504-04 7-23 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 476 RISER board [8] together with the mounting plate [90]. F07-504-05 6) Disconnect the three connectors [10], [10] and detach the differential PCB [4]. [10] F07-504-06 7-24 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 477 [15]; then, remove the five mounting screws [16], and open the main controller box [17] to detach it up- ward. [16] [17] [16] [13] [13] F07-504-08 7-25 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 478: Removing The Ethernet Pcb

    1) Open the main controller box. 2) Remove the Ethernet PCB. 3) Remove the mounting screw [1], and detach the PCB guide [2]. (1 pc. each; upper, lower) F07-504-10 7-26 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 479: Remove The Differential Pcb

    2) Remove the LIPS PCB and the RISER PCB together with the mounting plate. 3) Remove the four mounting screws [1], and detach the LIPS PCB [2]. F07-504-12 7-27 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 480: Removing The Riser Pcb

    2) Detach the LIPS PCB and the RISER PCB together with the mounting plate. 3) Remove the four mounting screws [1], and detach the RISER PCB [2]. F07-504-13 7-28 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 481: Power Supply Pcb

    [4]. F07-504-15 4) Disconnect the 15 connectors, and re- move the two screws [5]; then, detach the power supply PCB [6]. F07-504-16 7-29 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 482: High-Voltage Power Supply Pcb

    Be sure to enter the values indicated on the label attached to the new PCB (indicated by an arrow [3]) in service mode by making the follow- ing selections: COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>H-PRE-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>HVT-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-SP>HVT-SP COPIER>ADJUST>DEVELOP>HVT-DE 7-30 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 483: Accessories Power Supply Pcb

    2) Remove the two screws [1], and discon- nect the three connectors [2]; then, de- tach the AC driver PCB [3]. F07-504-20 7-31 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 484: Motor Driver Pcb

    2) Remove the screw [1], and disconnect the three connectors [2]; then, detach the anti-rush current PCB [3] from the DC controller mounting base. F07-504-23 7-32 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 485: Serial Number Pcb

    [3]. 3) Remove the four screws [4], and dis- connect the connector [5]; then, detach the serial number PCB [6]. F07-504-24 7-33 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 486: Fans

    2) Remove the three screws [1], and detach the primary fan cover [2]. 3) Remove the three screws [3], and detach the primary fan [4]. F07-505-03 7-34 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 487: Hdd Fan

    1) Remove the power supply PCB. 2) Disconnect the connector [1], and re- move the three screws [2]; then, detach the DC power supply fan [3]. F07-505-06 7-35 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 488: Primary Charging Cooling Fan

    [5]. F07-505-08 5) Remove the two mounting screws [6], and detach the primary charging cool- ing fan [7]. F07-505-09 7-36 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 489: Drive System

    3) Remove the four screws [3], and dis- connect the five connectors [4]; then, release the four cable clamps [5], and detach the vertical path duplex/right deck drive assembly [6]. F07-506-03 7-37 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 490: Main Motor Drive Assembly

    4) Remove the four screws [6], and dis- connect the three connectors [7]; then, detach the manual feed pickup drive as- sembly [8]. F07-506-06 7-38 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 491: Waste Toner Drive Assembly

    6) Remove the five screws [1], and discon- nect the four connectors [2]; then, pull out the drum drive assembly [3]. To transformer F07-506-09 7-39 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 492: Drive Assembly

    6) Remove the four screws [6], and dis- connect the 11 connectors; then, detach the motor driver PCB [7] together with its base. F07-506-12 7-40 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 493 (See p. 5-55P.) [15] 11) Remove the three screws [15], and de- [14] tach the cassette pickup drive assembly [16] [16]. [15] [13] F07-506-15 7-41 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 494: Left Deck Lifter Drive Assembly

    2) Remove the three screws [1], and dis- connect the two connectors [2]; then, detach the left deck lifter drive assem- bly [3]. F07-506-16 7-42 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 495: Motor

    [3] out of the way. F07-507-02 4) Remove the three screws [4], and dis- connect the connector [5]; then, detach the main motor [6]. F07-507-03 7-43 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 496: Vertical Path Duplex Motor

    [12] 8) Remove the two screws [12], and dis- connect the connector [13]; then, detach the deck right motor [14]. [11][10][12] [14] [13] F07-507-06 7-44 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 497: Pre-Registration Motor (M17) And Drum Motor (M1)

    [4]; then, detach the pre-registration motor (M17) [5]. 5) Remove the two screws [6], and detach the flywheel [7]. F07-507-09 7-45 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 498 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 6) Disconnect the two connectors [8], and [10] remove the four screws [9]; then, detach the drum motor [10]. F07-507-10 7-46 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 499: Solenoid

    2 is 57.2 ± 0.5 mm from the center of the hole A in the solenoid mounting base. ± 57.2 0.5mm F07-508-03 7-47 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 500: Right Deck Pickup Roller Releasing Solenoid (Sl7)

    [2] before detaching the left deck pickup solenoid from the support plate [1]. Or, mark the position of the solenoid on the support plate with a scriber.) F07-508-05 7-48 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 501: Clutches

    [7]. F07-509-01 5) Remove the three screws [8], and dis- connect the connector [9]; then, detach the developing clutch (CL1) [10]. [10] F07-509-02 7-49 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 502: Sensors

    3 paper side length sensor [7] • cassette 4 paper size width sensor [8] • cassette 4 paper side length sensor [9] [8] [4] F07-510-02 7-50 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 503: Hdd

    5) Remove the two mounting screws [1], and remove the hard disk cable retain- ing plate [2]. F07-511-01 6) Remove the two mounting screws [3]. F07-511-02 7-51 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 504 [4]. F07-511-01 8) Disconnect the connector [5] and the flat cable [7]; then, detach the hard disk unit [4]. F07-511-04 7-52 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 505 [10]. F07-511-06 When mounting the HDD unit, be sure that the flat cable is be- low the film sheet of the HDD case. 7-53 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 506: Others

    1) Remove the rear upper/lower cover and left upper/lower cover. 2) Disconnect the cable connected to the relay, and remove the two screws [1]; then, detach the relay [2]. F07-512-02 7-54 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 507: Power Supply

    [3] to the left to detach. F07-512-03 3) Remove the two screws [4], and discon- nect the connector [5]; then, detach the transformer [6]. F07-512-04 7-55 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 509 CHAPTER 8 PAPER DECK COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 511: Inputs To The Driver (1/2)

    (1/2 level) is detected, '1'. +5VR J25-1 J09-8 Deck OPEN sensor PS109 DOPND* When the compartment is set to the deck, '1'. F08-101-01 8-1 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 512: Outputs From The Deck Driver (2/2)

    When the deck lifter is at the Deck lifter lower limit lower limit, '1'. detecting switch (SW102 is not pushed.) +24VU. J02-3 Power supply J719 Host machine F08-101-02 8-2 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 513 J9-2 J05-1 Deck pickup roller SL101 releasing solenoid DPRSD* When '0', ON. 24VU J23-2 J09-1 Deck open solenoid SL102 DOPSD* When '0', ON. F08-101-03 8-3 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 514 The paper is moved to the registration roller of the host machine, and is made to arch for removal of the skew. The registration roller controls the paper so that its leading edge will match the image on the photosensitive drum. 8-4 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 515 CHAPTER 8 PAPER DECK DC controller PCB (host machine) Deck driver PCB PS106 M101 PS101 CL102 SL101 F08-102-01 8-5 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 516 STBY Deck main motor (M101) Deck pickup clutch (CL102) Deck pickup roller releasing solenoid (SL101) Deck pickup sensor (PS101) Deck feed sensor (PS106) F08-102-02 8-6 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 517 The paper size of the deck may be switched by relocating the guide plate inside the deck to suit the needs of the user; the new paper size must then be entered in service mode (COPIER>OPTION>ACC>DK-P). 8-7 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 518 50% to about 10% less than 10% No paper 1: light-blocking plate over the sensor. 0: light-blocking plate not over the sensor. T08-103-01 8-8 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 519 The lifter repeats the descent each time paper is supplied until the deck lifter lower limit detecting switch (SW102) is pushed. 8-9 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 520 Deck pickup (PS108) /feed roller M102 Deck separation roller Deck lifter motor Deck lifter cable Deck lifter lower limit detecting switch (SW102) Lifter Paper F08-104-01 8-10 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 521 Display window Deck front cover The lifter moves down, and the level of paper Drive belt (white area) increases. Deck lifter motor Coupling M102 F08-104-02 8-11 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 522 Deck open solenoid drive signal(DOPSD*) SL102 Deck lifter lower limit detection J08- SW102 signal (DLLD) Deck lifter motor drive signal Open (host M102 machine) F08-105-01 8-12 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 523 Deck open sensor (PS109) Deck lifter position sensor (PS104) Deck lifter DOWN Deck lifter UP * : Varies depending on the size of the stack. F08-105-02 8-13 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 524 Deck driver PCB +24V Motor switching current switching circuit DPUMA DC controller DPUMA Motor rotation control circuit DPUMB M101 DPUMB Deck main motor F08-106-01 8-14 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 525 The deck lifter motor drive signal (DLMON*) is ‘0’. • The deck UP signal (DLUP*) is ‘1’. The above conditions cause the lifter to move down. 8-15 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 526 Deck paper supply machine Deck driver PCB position sensor Note: The communication conversion IC (Q16) in the diagram performs serial parallel signal conversion. F08-106-02 8-16 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 527 PS106 PS101 F08-201-01 Notation Name Function PS106 Deck feed sensor Detects delay. PS101 Deck pickup sensor Detects delay. T08-201-01 8-17 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 528 INTR SCAN PRINT Deck pickup clutch (CL102) Jam check Deck pickup sensor (PS101) Deck feed sensor Normal Error (PS106) Deck main motor (M101) F08-201-02 8-18 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 529 5. As a rule, do not operate the machine while any of its parts are removed. If the deck is equipped with a drier heater, be sure to disconnect the power plug of the heater before starting the work. 8-19 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 530 1) Disconnect the deck from its host ma- chine; then, push down the latch plate [2] of the compartment [1] with your finger to open the compartment [1]. (rear) F08-301-02 8-20 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 531 When mounting the front cover to the deck, be sure to match it against the coupling for the pa- per level indicator. Match. F08-301-04 8-21 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 532 (If the deck is operated without matching the paper level indica- tor and the deck lifter position, the drive mechanisms of the pa- per level indicator can suffer damage.) 8-22 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 533: Removing The Rear Cover

    3.1.3 Removing the Right Cover 1) Remove the three screws [1]; then, shift the right cover [2] to the front, and de- tach it to the rear. F08-301-08 8-23 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 534: Removing The Upper Cover

    [5]. F08-301-10 4) Close the deck vertical path assembly, and remove the two screws [6]; then, detach the upper cover [7]. F08-301-11 8-24 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 535: General Descriptions

    [2] to prevent deforming the roll support plate [1]. F08-302-01 2) Remove the right cover. (See p. 8-23P.) 8-25 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 536 [6] from the deck base [7]. (left) (right) F08-302-02 4) Holding the deck [8] as shown, place it on the stack of paper prepared in step 1. F08-302-03 8-26 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 537 2) Disconnect the deck from the host ma- chine, and push down the latch plate [5] of the compartment [4] to open the compartment [4]. (rear) F08-302-05 8-27 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 538 [8] slightly, detach it to the front. 6) Place the compartment [8] on the stack [10] [11] of paper prepared in step 1. [12] F08-302-07 8-28 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 539 6) Enter the new paper size using the ser- vice mode of the host machine (COPIER>OPTION>ACC>DK-P; 0: A4, 1: B5, 2: LTR). F08-302-09 8-29 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 540 [4] on the roll support plate [3] so that the roll [1] is about 3 mm from the floor [2]. F08-302-11 8-30 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 541 [2]; then, remove the deck main motor. At this time, take care not to damage the gear found at the tip of the motor spindle. F08-303-02 8-31 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 542 Then, insert a hex wrench into the hole of the lifter drive shaft [3] to hold the shaft in place. F08-303-03 F08-303-04 8-32 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 543 F08-303-06 8-33 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 544 [16] of the pulley [15] found on the out- [8] [9] [14][15] [12][11] side, and detach the pulley [15] also found on the outside. F08-303-08 8-34 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 545 [6]. 7) Disconnect the five connectors [7], and remove the five screws [8]; then, detach the metal plate [9]. F08-303-10 F08-303-11 8-35 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 546 F08-303-12 9) Remove the five screws [12], and detach the lifter motor unit [13]. [12] [12] [13] F08-303-13 8-36 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 547 (rear) F08-303-14 8-37 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 548 2) Turn over the deck pickup unit, and re- move the two resin rings [1]; then, de- tach the deck pickup rollers [2]. F08-304-03 8-38 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 549 2) Turn over the deck pickup unit. 3) Remove the resin ring [1], and detach the deck pickup/feed roller [2] and the drive belt [3] toward the front. F08-304-06 8-39 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 550 [1], and detach the separation roller support plate [2]. 2) Remove the joint, and detach the deck separation roller [3]. F08-304-08 F08-304-09 8-40 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 551 If pickup failure occurs, move the spring in the direction of arrow A. • If double feeding occurs, move the spring in the direction of arrow B. F08-304-10 8-41 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 552 If the solenoid is to be mounted on its own, be sure to locate it in its initial posi- tion. F08-304-11 8-42 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 553 1) Disconnect the deck from the host ma- chine, and push the latch plate [2] of the compartment [1] with your finger to open the compartment. (rear) F08-305-02 8-43 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 554 When mounting the upper front cover, be sure to avoid biting the harness by the open switch PCB or forgetting to connect the connectors. F08-305-04 8-44 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 555 CHAPTER 9 SHIFT TRAY COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 557 2 W or less power consumption Dimensions 365.3 (W) x 547.0 (D) x 255.7 (H) mm Weight 4.2 kg Operating Same as host machine environment T09-101-01 9-1 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 558 [7] HP sensor (rear) [3] Limit sensor (rear) [8] Light-blocking plate [4] Tray drive unit [9] Tray paper sensor [5] Shift tray driver PCB [10] Delivery unit 9-2 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 559 J101 J201 A24V To host machine Shift motor J102 J202 Motor drive Motor control signal circuit To host machine Sensor signal Various sensors F09-301-01 9-3 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 560 PS105 J105 SDCM1 +24 V on SDCM1 moves tray to front Shift motor M101 +24 V on SDCM2 moves tray to rear SDCM2 F09-302-01 9-4 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 561 FULL signal to the host machine. Limit sensor (PS104; rear) Stacking enabled Tray Limit sensor (PS105; front) Stacking enabled Shaft Stacking disabled Shaft F09-402-01 9-5 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 562 The sheets delivered by the host machine is moved through the delivery unit and then de- posited on the tray. The delivery unit assembly is driven by the delivery motor through gears of the host machine’s delivery assembly. F09-404-01 9-6 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 563 8) Repeat steps 4) through 6) for the sensor. 9) After making the adjustments, turn off the host machine’s main power switch. 10) Mount the delivery unit. Screw Limit sensor F09-501-01 9-7 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 564 Grounding wire terminal F09-501-02 9-8 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 565 6. The front door switch or the main power switch must be turned off before sliding out the duplex unit or the fixing/feeding unit. Toner must not be thrown away into fire to avoid explosion. 9-9 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 566 [4] and the two grounding wires. 4) Free the cable of the limit sensor from the cable clamp [5], and disconnect the connector [6]. F09-601-02 9-10 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 567 Points to Note When Mounting Be sure to adjust the position of the limit sensor (front, rear; see 5.1 “Adjusting the Limit sensor Position.”) [14] F09-601-05 9-11 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 568 Points to Note When Mounting Be sure to adjust the position of the limit sensor (front, rear; see 5.1 “Adjusting the Limit sensor Position.”) [17] F09-602-01 9-12 P COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 569: Troubleshooting

    TROUBLESHOOTING COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 571 Edge Margin ......3-5T Primary Charging Assembly ..3-8T 1.5 Adjusting the Left/Right 3.2 Routing the Charging Wire of Non-Image Width ....3-5T Charging Assemblies ....3-8T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 572 Method 2 ......3-32T Fixing Web Solenoid (SL9) ..3-19T 8.4 Checking the Potential 4.14.1 New Fixing Web ....3-19T System ........3-35T 4.14.2 Existing Fixing Web ..3-19T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 573 3.22 The print is solid black ... 4-19T (lighter at front) ......4-7T 4. Troubleshooting Malfunctions ..4-20T 3.6 The print is foggy (overall) ..4-8T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 574 4.1.39 E741 ......... 4-35T turn on ......4-49T 4.1.40 E743 ......... 4-36T 4.2.22 Pickup fails 4.1.41 E804 ......... 4-36T (paper deck) ..... 4-49T 4.1.42 E805 ......... 4-36T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 575 Downloading the 6.7 PCBs ........4-72T Backup Data ....4-109T 6.7.1 Reader Unit ...... 4-73T 8.2.5 Managing the Backup 6.7.2 Printer unit ....... 4-73T Data ........ 4-114T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 576: Chapter 6 Self Diagnosis

    F. List of Special Tools ...... A-13 C. General Circuit Diagram ....A-9 G. List of Solvents/Oils ...... A-15 D. PAPER DECK -G1 GENERAL CIR- CUIT DIAGRAM ......A-11 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 577: Chapter 1 Maintenance And Inspection

    CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 579: Periodically Replaced Parts

    You can check the timing of replacement for periodically replaced parts in service mode: COPIER>COUNTER>PRDC-1. 1.2 Reader Unit The reader unit does not have parts that require periodical replacement. 1-1 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 580: Printer Unit

    T01-103-01 The indicated life of each part is for reference only, and is subject to the site environment and the conditions of use. Memo 1-2 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 581: Consumables And Durables

    You can check the timing of replacement for durables in service mode: COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1. 2.2 Reader Unit The reader unit does not have parts that are classified as “consumables” or “durables.” 1-3 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 582: Printer Unit

    500,000; apply toner upon replacement. 17 Primary corona assembly FG6-5927 1,000,000 18 Transfer/separation corona FG6-5911 1,000,000 assembly 19 Pre-transfer corona assembly FG6-5045 1,000,000 T01-203-01 1-4 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 583 Part No. Q’ty Life Remarks Pickup roller (front) FF5-1220 250,000 Pickup roller (rear) FF5-1221 250,000 Feeding roller FF5-9779 250,000 Separation roller FB2-7777 250,000 T01-204-01 1-5 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 584: Periodical Servicing

    4. Clean the charging assemblies; dry wipe with lint-free paper, and clean with alcohol: 1) charging wire (primary, pre-transfer, transfer/separation), 2) grid wire (primary charging assembly), 3) shielding plate of each charging assembly, 4) roller electrode. 1-6 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 585 (2)Do not throw away waste toner into fire. (It may cause explosion, and can be extremely hazardous.) 1-7 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 586 19. Fill out the Service Book, and report to the person in charge. Do not forget to add the above check to the history of checks made on the leakage breaker (Service Book). 1-8 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 587: Periodical Servicing Chart

    Laser Dust-proof optical path glass Charging Charging wire After replace- assembly (primary, pre- ment, execute transfer, trans- wire cleaning fer/separation) 5 times. 1-9 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 588 2) protruding wall of elec- trode (where FY9-6008 is applied). · Charge col- lecting brush Developing Developing assembly cylinder Developing assembly roll 1-10 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 589 Waste toner Waste toner Inspect case, collection box and remove area toner. Pickup/ Transfer guide feeding Registration assembly roller (upper, lower) Feeding belt Feeding rollers 1-11 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 590: Points To Note For Periodical Servicing

    Vertical path roller Duplex Feeding Roller (right/left) Feeding assembly Clean with a moist cloth; see Note 1. Note 1: Do to leave traces of water. 1-12 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 591: Cleaning The Photosensitive Drum

    6) Rotate the drum for the width (5 to 10 cm), and repeat steps 3) through 5) until the entire area of the surface has been cleaned. 5 to 10cm F01-601-02 1-13 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 593 CHAPTER 2 IMAGE ADJUSTMENT BASIC PROCEDURE COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 595 ON Are the test Perform 2. “ Making Checks on the prints normal? Printer Unit.” Perform 4. “ Making Checks on the Reader Unit.” 2-1 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 596: Making Checks On The Printer Unit

    Moving the wire from the photosensitive drum causes the image to be lighter, while Default moving it closer causes the images to be darker. Memo -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 +10 +20 +30 +40 +50 2-2 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 597 3. Photosensitive drum (VD-OFFSET/VD-OFFSET-P) COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>VD-OFST (for copier image) COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>VD-VD-OFST-P (for printer image) Lighter image Darker image Default Adjust the offset of the VD target potential. 2-3 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 598: Making Checks On The Reader Unit

    Is the density of gray scale No.8 (halftone) different? Go to “ Checking the Halftone Density” for the printer side. 2-4 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 599 CHAPTER 3 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 601: Image Adjustments

    - 1.0mm F03-101-01 Image Leading Edge Margin F03-101-02 Left/Right Image Margin 2.5±1.5mm +1.5mm - 1.0mm F03-101-04 Left/Right Non-Image Width F03-101-03 Leading Edge Non-Image Width 3-1 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 602: Checking The Image Position

    [1]. After making the adjustment, be sure to execute the following service mode: COPIER>FUNCTION>CST>C3- STMTR/A4R or C4-STMTR/A4R F03-103-02 3-2 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 603 1.3.3 Manual Feed Tray 1) Loosen the two mounting screws [1] of the manual feed tray, and adjust the po- sition of the manual feed tray. F03-103-05 3-3 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 604: Duplex Feeding Unit

    (At this time, use the index on the latch plate as a guide.) Index Latch plate Screws F03-103-07 3-4 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 605 (A decrease by ‘10’ will (An increase by ‘10’ will increase decrease the margin by 1 mm.) the non-image width by 1 mm.) 2.5mm±2.0 F03-105-01 3-5 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 606: Adjusting The Leading Edge Non-Image Width

    (A decrease by '10' will decrease the width by 1 mm.) Image leading edge Increasing the ADJ-X setting (An increase by '10' will increase the width by 1 mm.) F03-106-01 3-6 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 607: Scanning System

    2.2 Adjusting the Position of the Scanner Mirror Base See the Reader Manual: Chap. 2> 5. “Disassembly/Assembly” 2.3 After Replacing the Scanning Lamp See the Reader Manual: Chap. 2>5. “Disassembly/Assembly” 3-7 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 608: Image Formation System

    2. If you have replaced the sensor and the PCB, be sure to execute offset adjustment of the sensor. 3-8 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 609: Pickup/Feeding System

    [5] found on the side of the roller is toward the front of the machine while the round marking on the collar (silver-colored) is toward the rear of the machine. (direction of rotation) Collar (silver-colored) (rear of machine) F03-401-02 3-9 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 610: Orientation Of The Deck/Cassette Separation Roller

    When mounting the feeding roller assembly of the deck/cassette pickup assembly, be sure the belt pulley [2] is toward the front of the machine. (front) (rear) F03-403-01 3-10 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 611: Orientation Of The Pickup Roller Of The Side Paper Deck

    (direction of rotation) [4] Pickup roller [5] Marking (roller) Collar (gold-colored) (rear of machine) [6] Marking (collar) F03-404-02 3-11 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 612: Orientation Of The Feeding Roller Of The Side Paper Deck

    [2] is toward the front of the machine. When mounting the feeding roller [3] to the feeding roller shaft [4], be sure that the round marking [5] is toward the rear of the ma- chine. (front) F03-405-01 3-12 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 613: Adjusting The Pressure Of The Separation Roller Of The Deck/Cassette

    If pickup failure occurs, move the hook of the spring in the direction of A. [1] Feeding roller [2] Separation roller [3] Pressure lever [4] Pressure spring F03-406-01 3-13 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 614: Adjusting The Pressure Of The Separation Roller Of The Manual Feed Tray

    If pickup failure occurs, remove the mounting screw [2], and raise the mounting base [3]; then, tighten the mounting screw [2] in hole B. hole A hole B F03-407-02 3-14 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 615: Adjusting The Fixing Inlet Guide Solenoid (Sl1)

    Adjust the position of the solenoid using the two screws [1] so that the guide will be posi- tioned as indicated when the solenoid turns on. Upper roller Lower roller Inlet guide Solenoid F03-408-01 3-15 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 616: Adjusting The Position Of The Pickup Solenoid (Sl3, Sl4) Of The Cassette 3/4

    A of the roller arm is 36±0.5 mm when [1] and [2] are op- erated. View from A F03-409-01 3-16 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 617: Adjusting The Position Of The Delivery Flapper Solenoid (Sl5)

    Adjust the position of the solenoid so that the left edge of the arm 2 is 57.2 ±0.5 mm from the center of hole A of the solenoid mounting base. ± 57.2 0.5mm F03-411-01 3-17 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 618: Adjusting The Position Of The Left Deck Pickup Solenoid (Sl7)

    1) Adjust the potion of the solenoid so that the drive lever [1] is pushed fully when the so- lenoid turns on (i.e., when the plunger is drawn). F03-413-01 3-18 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 619: Adjusting The Position Of The Fixing Web Solenoid (Sl9)

    After replacing the solenoid, adjust its position using the screw [2] so that the drive lever [1] will be positioned as it was before replacement when the solenoid turns F03-414-02 3-19 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 620: Position Of The Side Paper Deck Pickup Roller Releasing Solenoid

    1) Butt the rack plate [1] of the manual feed tray against A (open state). 2) Move the slide volume in the direction of B, and attach the timing belt [2] to the pulley [3]. F03-416-01 3-20 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 621: Attaching The Drive Belt

    4.17 Attaching the Drive Belt Attach the drive belt on the pulley and the rollers as indicated. Main drive belt Paper feed drive belt F03-417-01 3-21 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 622: Fixing System

    If you loosened it for some unavoidable reason, be sure to position it correctly with reference to the index on the fixing assem- bly base. 3-22 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 623: Adjusting The Lower Roller Pressure (Nip)

    1) Slide the fixing assembly out of the ma- chine. 2) Open the delivery assembly. 3) Adjust the nip using the adjusting screw [1] found at the front and the rear. F03-503-02 3-23 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 624: Laser Exposure System

    1) Make the following selections in service mode; then, enter '1', and press [OK]: COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DPC. 2) Turn off and then on the main power switch. 3-24 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 625: Electrical Parts

    COPIER>ADJUST>AE>all items COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY>all items COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>all items If any service mode setting is faulty, enter the respective setting recorded on the service label in service mode. 3-25 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 626: When Replacing The Main Controller Pcb

    4) Turn on the PC, and turn on the main power switch while holding down both ‘2’ and ‘8’ on the keypad. 5) Using the Service Support Tool, format the HDD unit and install the system software. 3-26 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 627: When Replacing The Dc Controller Pcb

    COPIER>ADJUST>DEVELOP>HVT-DE COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>HVT-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>H-PRE-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-SP>HVT-SP 3-27 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 628: When Replacing The High-Voltage Pcb

    3) Enter the values recorded on the label attached to the new high-voltage PCB in the fol- lowing service mode items: COPIER>ADJUST>DEVELOP>HVT-DE COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>HVT-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>H-PRE-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-SP>HVT-SP 3-28 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 629: Checking The Surface Potential Control System

    Starting Non-Auto Control Mode 1) Make the following selections in service mode, and enter ‘0’: COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO-CNT; then, press the OK key. 2) Press the Reset key twice. 3-29 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 630: Zero Level Check

    J116 J120 J121 J123 J302 J114 CP104 CP101 CP103 CP106 CP105 CP109 CP111 CP110 J201 CP107 CP108 J115 J102 J107 J112 J104 J105 F03-803-01 3-30 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 631 If the reading is not between 0 and 30, suspect a fault on the DC controller PCB. 9) Turn off the main power switch, and remove the door switch tool. 10) Remove the jumper wire from the DC controller PCB. 3-31 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 632: Method 2

    6) Connect the clip [3] designed for making checks to the frame of the machine frame (GND). F03-803-05 3-32 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 633 11) Detach the electrode designed for checking potential sensors. 12) Mount the potential sensor support plate. 13) Turn on the main power switch. 14) Enable potential control. 3-33 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 634: Blank Page

    CHAPTER 3 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS Blank Page 3-34 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 635: Checking The Potential System

    Check to make sure that the potential control PCB is supplied with power; then, check the potential sensor using the electrode designed for making checks. 3-35 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 636 1) Check the transfer charging assembly for leakage. 2) Make the following selections in service mode, and try changing the setting: COPIER>OPTION>BODY>FUZZY. 3) Try replacing paper. 3-36 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 637: Conversion Table For The Potential Control System

    4.40 1,155 4.45 1,146 4.50 1,137 4.55 1,128 4.60 1,120 4.65 1,111 4.70 1,102 4.75 1,093 4.80 1,085 4.85 1,076 4.90 1,067 4.95 1,058 3-37 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 638 6.60 -148 -170 6.65 -150 -173 6.70 -152 -177 6.75 -154 -181 6.80 -156 -185 6.85 -158 -188 6.90 -160 -192 6.95 -162 -196 3-38 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 639 8.60 -231 -320 8.65 -233 -323 8.70 -235 -327 8.75 -237 -331 8.80 -239 -335 8.85 -241 -338 8.90 -243 -342 8.95 -245 -346 3-39 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 640 10.65 -315 -473 10.70 -317 -477 10.75 -319 -481 10.80 -321 -485 10.85 -323 -488 10.90 -325 -492 10.95 -327 -496 11.00 -330 -500 3-40 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 641: Emergency Measures For A Fault In The Potential Sensor

    1: if the user mainly uses originals with a high image ratio (photo-oriented) 2: if retransfer (white spots around 50 mm along the leading edge) 3-41 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 642: Checking The Environment Sensor

    The above service mode item must be set to ‘1’. Enter the humidity of the site of installation (between 30% and 99%; default, 35%) 3-42 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 643: Checking The Photointerrupters

    Move the sensor lever by hand. Copyboard Closed Copyboard cover sensor IO-P6-7 (ADF) Open PS43 R>J5006-2 Place an original on the copyboard. Paper Present Original sensor IO-P4-6 Absent T03-1003-01 3-43 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 644 Cassette 4 lifter sensor IO-P03-6 Absent PS19 D>J112-A8 Put paper over the point of Paper Present Right deck re-tray sensor IO-P01-2 detection. Absent T03-1003-02 3-44 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 645 Present Outside delivery sensor IO-P01-11 detection. Absent PS37 D>J107-B15 Put paper over the point of Paper Present Reversal sensor 1 IO-P02-3 detection. Absent T03-1003-03 3-45 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 646 PS50 D>J115-B11 Remove the deck from the machine, Light-blocking Present Left deck level (lower) sensor IO-P05-13 and move the sensor lever. plate Absent T03-1003-04 3-46 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 647: Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Image Faults

    CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/ MALFUNCTIONS COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 649: Making Initial Checks In The Event Of An Image Fault

    4. Check to make sure that each charging assembly is correctly mounted. 5. Check the charging wire cleaning pad (of each charging assembly) for displacement. 4-1 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 650: Checking The Developing Assembly

    3. Condensation on the pickup/feeding guide plate can cause paper feed- Memo ing faults. If condensation is noted, dry wipe the parts, or leave the machine alone while powered for 60 min or so. 4-2 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 652: Samples Of Image Faults

    CHAPTER 2 IMAGE ADJUSTMENT BASIC PROCEDURE 2. Samples of Image Faults 4-4 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 653: Troubleshooting Image Faults

    YES: Check to see if the surface of the developing cylinder is coated with an even layer of toner. Check to find out if the developing assembly locking unit is mounted correctly. 4-5 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 654: The Print Is Too Light (Including Solid Black Area)

    YES: Check to find out if the transfer guide is in contact with a metal area (e.g., side plate of the feeding assembly). Check the high-voltage transformer (HVT) and the DC controller PCB. 4-6 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 655: The Print Has Uneven Density (Darker At Front)

    Clean the surface of the developing cylinder. Check to see if the toner inside the developing assembly is thicker on one side. YES: Check the nip of the fixing roller. 4-7 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 656: The Print Is Foggy (Overall)

    4) Are the developing rolls worn? YES: Replace the developing rolls. Photosensitive drum 5) Is the photosensitive drum soiled? YES: Clean the photosensitive drum. Replace the photosensitive drum. 4-8 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 657: The Print If Foggy Vertically

    Check the surface of the developing cylinder. YES: Check the edge of the cleaning blade of the photosensitive drum. Check the photosensitive drum cleaner unit. 4-9 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 658: The Print Has Black Lines (Vertical, Fine)

    YES: Replace the photosensitive drum. If scratches are found, be sure to find out the cause. Check the developing system. 4-10 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 659: The Print Has White Spots (Vertical)

    5) Clean the pre-transfer charging assembly and the transfer/separation charging assembly. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Try changing the setting of the following in service mode: COPIER>OPTION>BODY>FUZZY. 4-11 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 660: The Print Has White Spots (Horizontal)

    Clean the photosensitive drum. If scratches are found on the surface of the photosensitive drum, find out the cause and replace the photosensitive drum. 4-12 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 661: The Back Of The Print Is Soiled

    Check the fixing upper roller and the web for dirt. Check the following: Registration roller for dirt. Delivery roller and separation claw for dirt. 4-13 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 662: The Print Has Fixing Faults

    Fixing assembly 3) Does the problem occur vertically? YES: Check the fixing roller for scratches and dirt. Check the fixing roller for nip. 4-14 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 663: The Print Has A Displaced Leading Edge (Appreciably Large Margin)

    3) Make adjustments in service mode: COPIER>ADJUST>Feed- ADJ>REGIST. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Check the registration roller for deformation/wear. Check the registration roller drive system. 4-15 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 664: The Print Has A Blurred Image

    Laser scanner unit 9) Is the problem noted at intervals of about 0.5 mm? YES: Check the laser scanner unit. (The polygon mirror may be faulty.) 4-16 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 665: The Print Is Foggy (Horizontally)

    5) Try changing the level of sharpness in service mode. Is the problem cor- rected? COPIER>OPTION>BODY>SHARP (A lager setting increases the sharp- ness.) YES: End. Replace the photosensitive drum. 4-17 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 666: The Print Is Blank

    6) Is leakage found in the transfer charging assembly? YES: Check the transfer charging assembly. Replace the DC controller PCB. Replace the main controller PCB. 4-18 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 667: The Print Is Solid Black

    3) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>DISPLAY>MISC>LPOWER. Is the laser output present during printing? Replace the laser unit. YES: Replace the DC controller PCB. Replace the main controller PCB. 4-19 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 668: Troubleshooting Malfunctions

    Thermistor (TH1, TH2), DC controller PCB 2) Try replacing the thermistor. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Check the wiring; if normal, replace the DC controller PCB. 4-20 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 669 Check the wiring; if normal, replace the DC controller PCB. 4.1.6 E005 Fixing web 1) Is the fixing web taken up? YES: Replace the web with a new one. 4-21 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 670 Is it as indicated? J601-1:24 V (approx.) J601-2:0 V Check the wiring; if normal, replace the DC power supply PCB. 4-22 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 671 (+) and J106-B18 (-) on the DC controller PCB change from 0 to about 5 V? YES: Replace the fixing motor. Check the wiring; if normal, replace the DC controller PCB. 4-23 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 672 2) Try replacing the remote diagnostic device. Is the problem cor- rected? YES: End. Check the wiring; if normal; replace the main controller PCB. 4-24 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 673 YES: End Replace the DC controller. 7) Replace the DC controller. Remedied? YES: End Upgrade the DC controller DIMM ROM to Ver. 4.04 or higher. 4-25 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 674 1) Is there a foreign object that hinders the rotation of the fan in the rotating mechanism of the controller cooling fan? YES: Remove the foreign object. 4-26 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 675 4.1.18 E202 General condition 1) Is the scanner in its home position when E202 is indicated? See “The mirror assembly 1 fails to move.” 4-27 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 676 YES: End. Replace the reader controller PCB. 4.1.21 E225 Xenon lamp (LA2) 1) Try replacing the xenon lamp. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. 4-28 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 677 3) Try replacing the EEPROM. Is the problem corrected? Thereafter, be sure to enter the service mode data newly. YES: End. Check the wiring; if normal, replace the reader controller PCB. 4-29 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 678 DC controller PCB, Main controller PCB 2) Try replacing the DC controller PCB. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Replace the main controller PCB. 4-30 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 679 Correct the connection. Printer board, Main controller PCB 2) Try replacing the printer board. YES: End. Check the wiring; if normal, replace the main controller PCB. 4-31 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 680 2) Is the interface cable between the finisher controller PCB and the DC controller PCB normal? Correct the cable. YES: Replace the finisher controller PCB. 4-32 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 681 Finisher controller PCB, DC controller PCB 3) Try replacing the finisher controller PCB. Is the problem cor- rected? YES: End. Replace the DC controller PCB. 4-33 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 682 1) Turn off and then on the main power switch. Is the problem cor- rected? YES: Check the operation once again; if normal, end the work. 4-34 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 683 YES: Check the operation; if normal, end the work. Board 2) Is the connection between the riser PCB and the main controller PCB normal? Further, is the cable normal? Correct the connection/cable. 4-35 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 684 YES: Remove the foreign object. Connector 2) Is the connector (J111) on the DC controller PCB connected se- curely? Connect it securely. 4-36 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 685 4) Try replacing the primary charging cooling fan. Is the problem cor- rected? YES: End. Check the wiring; if normal, replace the DC controller PCB. 4-37 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 686 Fuse (F4001) 2) Is the fuse on the DC power supply PCB blown? YES: Remove the cause of the fuse, and replace the fuse. 4-38 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 687 Check the wiring and the sensor lever; if normal, replace the sen- sor. Drive motor 3) Is each drive motor mounted correctly? Mount the motor correctly. 4-39 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 688 Cassette 3/4 pickup motor J104-A11, A12 YES: Check the wiring and the motor driver PCB; if normal, replace the motor. Replace the DC controller PCB. 4-40 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 689 1) Is the size of the cassette indicated on the control panel? Check the cassette size detecting switch. Or, check the cassette pa- per size setting in service mode. 4-41 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 690 4) When paper is placed on the manual feed pickup tray, does bit 0 of COPIER>I/O>DC-CON>IO-P01 change from ‘1’ to ‘0’? Check the wiring and the sensor flag; if normal, replace the sensor. 4-42 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 691 4) Execute ‘code: 16’ by making the following selections in service mode: COPIER>FUNCTION>PART>CHK>MTR. Does the motor operate? Check the wiring and the motor driver PCB; if normal, replace the motor. 4-43 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 692 If the surface of the rail is soiled, clean it with alcohol, and apply a small amount of silicone oil (FY9-6010). 4-44 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 693 YES: End. Scanning lamp (LA2), Reader controller PCB 4) Try replacing the scanning lamp. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Replace the reader controller PCB. 4-45 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 694 DC controller PCB change to about 24 V? Replace the DC controller PCB. Relay connector (J153, J155) 4) Is the connection of the relay connector secure? Connect it securely. 4-46 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 695 4.2.16 The Add Toner message fails to turn off Toner (amount) 1) Is there toner in the hopper? Supply toner. (Find out how the user is supplying toner.) 4-47 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 696 Cassette 3 paper sensor (PS13), Cassette 4 paper sensor (PS14) 1) Is the cassette paper sensor mounted correctly? Further, is the movement of the sensor flag normal? Mount the sensor correctly. 4-48 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 697 2) Slide out the compartment from the deck. Does the lifter move down? Further, does the lifter move up when the compartment is slid inside the deck? See “The deck lifter fails to move up.” 4-49 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 698: The Deck Lifter Fails To Move Up (Side Paper Deck)

    PCB change from about 0 to 5 V when the deck is closed? YES: Check the wiring to the switch; if normal, replace the switch. Replace the deck driver PCB. 4-50 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 699 PCB as follows when the deck is opened/closed? opened: closed: YES: Check the lever and the wiring; if normal, replace the switch. Replace the deck driver PCB. 4-51 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 700: Troubleshooting Feeding Faults

    The troubleshooting procedures that follow are organized according to location; to find out the location and the nature of a jam, use service mode (COPIER>DISPLAY>JAM). F04-501-01 4-52 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 701 YES: Check the transfer guide for foreign matte and deformation. Registration clutch 5) Is the operation of the registration clutch normal? Check the registration clutch. 4-53 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 702 5) Is the inlet guide switched over to suit the passage of small-size pa- per and large-size paper? Check the fixing assembly inlet guide drive solenoid (SL1). 4-54 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 703: Fixing/Delivery Assembly (Face-Down Delivery Assembly)

    Replace the sensor. Delivery flapper solenoid (SL5) 3) Does the delivery flapper move correctly? Correct the potion of the delivery flapper solenoid, or replace it. 4-55 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 704: Cleaning Assembly

    4) Is the spring of the separation claws displaced? YES: Mount the spring correctly. Print paper, High-voltage transformer, DC controller PCB 5) Try paper of a type recommended by Canon. Is the problem cor- rected? YES: Advise the user to use recommended paper.
  • Page 705 4) Do the reversal motor (M14), duplex feeding left motor (M29), du- plex feeding right motor (M18), and vertical path duplex motor (M25) rotate at the correct timing? Replace the motor. 4-57 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 706: Feeding Faults

    YES: The paper may be moist. Advise the user on the correct method of storing paper. 3) Try paper recommended by Canon. Is the problem corrected? YES: Advise the user to use recommended paper. Paper guide, Fixing assembly inlet drive solenoid (SL1) 4) Is the paper guide coated with toner or foreign matter? YES: Clean it with solvent.

  • Page 707: Arrangement And Functions Of Electrical Parts

    Name Notation Function Clutch Drives the developing cylinder. Drives the registration roller. Drives the manual feed pickup roller. Drives the left deck pull-off roller. 4-59 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 708: Solenoids And Switches

    CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 6.2 Solenoids and Switches MSW2 MSW3 MSW1 F04-602-01 4-60 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 709: Reader Unit

    Detects the state (locked) of the waste toner screw. MSW2 Detects the state (open/closed) of the manual feed tray cover detection MSW3 Detects the attachment/detachment of the fixing/feed- ing unit. 4-61 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 710: Motors

    CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 6.3 Motors F04-603-01 4-62 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 711: Reader Unit

    Cassette 4 lifter motor Left deck pickup motor Vertical path duplex feeding motor Vertical path upper motor Vertical path lower motor Duplex feeding left motor 4-63 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 712: Fans

    CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 6.4 Fans F04-604-01 4-64 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 713: Reader Unit

    Function Feeding fan Primary charging cooling fan Heat discharging fan Controller cooling fan De-curling fan DC power supply fan HDD fan Duplex feeding fan 4-65 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 714: Sensors

    PS21 SVR4 PS17 PS15 SVR2 PS27 SVR5 PS14 PS22 SVR3 PS18 PS16 PS43 PS39 PS40 PS24 PS28 PS32 PS19 PS11 PS12 PS20 PS10 F04-605-01 4-66 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 715 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS SVR1 PS30 PS34 PS31 PS38 PS33 PS37 PS29 PS35 PS45 PS36 PS46 F04-605-02 4-67 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 716: Reader Unit

    Vertical path 3 paper sensor PS27 Vertical path 4 paper sensor PS28 Laser write start sensor PS29 Registration paper sensor PS30 Duplex pre-registration sensor 4-68 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 717 Detects the level of paper in the cassette 4. SVR4 Detects the width of paper in the cassette 3. SVR5 Detects the width of paper in the cassette 4. (100-V model only) 4-69 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 718: Lamps, Heaters, And Others

    CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 6.6 Lamps, Heaters, and Others THM2 THM1 ELCB F04-606-01 4-70 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 719: Reader Unit

    Leakage breaker ELCB Leakage breaker Toner sensor TS1 Developing assembly toner sensor TS2 Hopper toner sensor Environment sensor HUM1 Temperature/humidity sensor (machine internal temperature sensor) 4-71 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 720: Pcbs

    CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 6.7 PCBs [11] [10] [14] [17] [18] [23] [24] [15] [13] [12] [30] [29] [25] [26] [20] [21] [27] [28] [22] F04-607-01 4-72 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 721: Reader Unit

    Main controller PCB Processes digital images/controls the system. Differential PCB Signal conversion RISER PCB Connecting board LIPS PCB LIPS board Ethernet PCB Ethernet board 4-73 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 722: Variable Resistors (Vr), Light-Emitting Diodes (Led), And Check Pins By Pcb

    The DIP switch (SW1002 ) is for the factory. Do not use it in the field. (It is used when making settings before shipment of the machine.) 4-74 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 723: Dc Controller Pcb

    The shorting connectors of J303 are set as follows; be sure to transfer the shorting con- nectors to the new PCB upon replacement: 100V 120V 230V J303- :shorted by a jumper wire. F04-608-03 4-75 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 724: Reader Controller Pcb

    10 1 PN4004 PN4003 PN4002 J4010 J4013 J4011 J4002 2 1 3 J4009 J4004 J4015 J4007 J4003 J4008 J4006 J4014 J4016 J4017 J4005 PN4005 F04-608-05 4-76 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 725: Hvt Pcb

    Not used. OFF: controlled to 43°C (default) Not used For details of drum heater control, see 6. “Controlling the Drum Heater” in Chapter 4. 4-77 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 726: Upgrading

    [OK] to cause the host machine to start down loadstandby mode (notation 'STNDBY'). Files for Downloading System Language BOOT ROM HD Format(ALL, /BOOT DEV) 4-78 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 727: Before The Work

    PC to which the Service Support Tool (version 1.28 or later) has been installed • Parallel cable (with the notation IEEE 1284Std-compliant) or CrossEthernet cable • System CD 4-79 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 728: Managing Data

    HD Format, BOOT Language). To store System, for instance, work as follows: 1) Select the Service Support Tool. 2) Select [Next] under [Controlling Data]. F04-702-01 4-80 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 729 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 3) From the ROM Manage Data Work screen, select [Registering Firmware]. F04-702-02 4) From the following screen, select [Register from Selected Folder]. F04-702-03 4-81 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 730 5) Select the drive in which you have inserted the System CD-ROM. 6) Select the file of the correct version, and press [Register]. F04-702-04 4-82 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 731: Downloading System, Remote Ui And Language

    4) Connect the power plug of the host machine, and turn on its main power switch. 7.3.2 Starting Downloading 1) Select [Next] under [Download/Upload]. F04-703-01 4-83 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 732 2) Select [System] or [RUI]; then, select [Connect]. There is not installed Network Multi-PDL Printer kit-A1, then select iR5000. There is installed Network Multi-PDL Printer kit-A1, then select iR5000N. F04-703-02 4-84 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 733 4) If the notation in the upper right of the screen indicates standard mode, go to step 6); if it indicates low-speed mode, on the other hand, go to step 5). F04-703-03 4-85 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 734 Switch-Over Screen. Select [Standard Mode], and press [OK]. Select [To Unit Select Screen], and go back to step 2) to start over. F04-703-04 6) Press [OK] to start connection. F04-703-05 4-86 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 735 7) The following screen appears when the connection is made. Press [OK]. F04-703-06 8) Select [System Software Download] from the Service Support Tool. F04-703-07 4-87 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 736: After The Work

    5) When the host machine has started up, start service mode, and check the system version of the HDD by making the following selections: COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION>MN_CONT. 4-88 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 737: Boot Rom

    3) Connect the power plug of the host machine to the power outlet; while holding down the '2' and '8' keys on the keypad at the same time, turn on the main power switch. 4-89 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 738: Preparing The Boot Rom

    CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 7.4.2 Preparing the BOOT ROM 1) Select [Next] under [Download/Upload]. F04-704-01 2) Select [BOOT], and select [Connect]. F04-704-02 4-90 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 739 Over screen will appear. Select [Standard Mode], and select [OK]. Select [To Return Unit Select Screen], and go back to step 2) to start over. F04-704-04 4-91 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 740 6) The following screen will appear when the connection is completed. Select [OK]. F04-704-06 Note: The contents of the BOOT ROM shown are those of the BOOT ROM mounted to the connector J1010. 4-92 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 741 7) Select [BOOT ROM Download] from the Service Support Tool. F04-704-07 8) Select the appropriate files for the Service Support Tool from the list of software; then, click [Start] to start downloading. F04-704-08 4-93 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 742 10) When downloading ends, turn off the PC by making the following selections: OK>Return to Unit Select Menu>OK>Return to Main Menu>End Service Support Tool. 4-94 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 743: Formatting The Hdd

    If you have replaced the HDD, you must reformat it and download the system software, RUI, Language to the newly formatted HDD. 7.5.1 Making Connections 7.5.2 Formatting 1) Select [Next] under [Download/Upload]. F04-705-01 4-95 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 744 3) If the notation in the upper right of the screen indicates standard mode, go to step 5); if it indicates low-speed mode, on the other hand, go to step 4). F04-705-03 4-96 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 745 Select [Standard Mode], and select [OK]. Select [To Return Unit Select Screen], and go back to step 2) to start over. F04-705-04 5) Select [OK] to start connection. F04-705-05 4-97 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 746 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 6) When the connection is completed, the following screen appears. Select [OK]. F04-705-06 7) When a Confirmation screen has appeared, select [Format]. F04-705-07 4-98 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 747 8) When the Start Confirmation screen has appeared, select [Start]. F04-705-08 9) When the Start Confirmation screen has appeared once again, select [Start] once gain. F04-705-09 4-99 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 748 [Download the System Software] to start downloading. If a RIP1 PCB is installed, go to the Model and Unit Select screen, and select [iR5000N]. F04-705-11 4-100 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 749: Points To Note On Formatting The Hdd

    The fact does not indicate a fault in the control panel, but will be corrected when the machine is turned off and then on once again. 4-101 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 750: Backing Up The Data

    Obtain the following: • PC to which the Service Support Tool (version 1.14 or later) has been installed. • Parallel cable (w/ notation IEEE1284std-compliant) 4-102 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 751: Backing Up Data

    4) Start service mode. 5) Make the following selections: COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>DOWNLOAD so that the host machine will be in download standby mode (notation 'STNDBY'). 4-103 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 752: Backing Up The Data

    CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 8.2.3 Backing Up the Data 1) Select [Next] under [Download/Upload]. F04-802-01 2) Select [SYSTEM], and select [Connect]. F04-802-02 4-104 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 753 Select [Standard Mode], and select [OK]. Select [To Return Unit Se- lect Screen], and go back to step 2) to start over. F04-802-04 4-105 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 754 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 5) Select [OK], and start connection. F04-802-05 6) When the connection has been made, the following screen will appear. Select [OK]. F04-802-06 4-106 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 755 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 7) Select [Upload the Backup Data] from the Service Support Tool. F04-802-07 8) Select [ALL], select [Start to Storing]. F04-802-08 4-107 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 756 Service Support Tool: OK>To Return Unit Se- lect Screen>OK>To Return Main Menu> End Service Support Tool. F04-802-10 4-108 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 757: Downloading The Backup Data

    CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 8.2.4 Downloading the Backup Data 1) Select [Next] under [Download/Upload]. F04-802-11 2) Select [SYSTEM], and select [Connect]. F04-802-12 4-109 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 758 Over screen will appear. Select [Standard Mode], and select [OK]. Select [To Return Unit Select Screen], and go back to step 2) to start over. F04-802-14 4-110 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 759 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 5) Select [OK] to start connection. F04-802-15 6) When the connection has been completed, select [OK]. F04-802-16 4-111 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 760 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS/MALFUNCTIONS 7) Select [Download the Backup Data]. F04-802-17 8) Select the file to download, and select [Start Writing]. F04-802-18 4-112 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 761 [OK]. F04-802-19 10) Make the following selections to end the Service Support Tool: OK>Return to Main Menu> End Service Support Tool. 4-113 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 762: Managing The Backup Data

    You can delete any backup data you no longer need without having to connect the host machine to a PC. 1) Select [Next] under [Controlling Data]. F04-802-20 2) Select [Controlling Backup Data]. F04-802-21 4-114 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 763 F04-802-22 4) When a screen has appeared asking you if you really want to delete the file, check the file, and select [Remove]. F04-802-23 4-115 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 764 5) When the End delete screen has appeared, select [OK]. Make the following selections to end the Service Support Tool : To Return Previous Screen>To Return Main Menu>End Service Support Tool. F04-802-24 4-116 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 765: Chapter 5 Service Mode

    CHAPTER 5 SERVICE MODE COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 767: Organization Of Service Mode

    Select a Level 2 item from the list. Level 3 screen Level 3 screen Level 3 screen Level 3 screen Preceding/ Preceding/ Preceding/ Following page Following page Following page F05-101-01 5-1 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 768: Starting Service Mode And Making Selections

    Service mode of the ADF Only if installed. SORTER Service mode of the finisher Only if installed. BOARD Service mode of the accessory boards. Only if installed. F05-102-01 5-2 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 769: Ending Service Mode

    If you want, you can print out all service mode settings at once using service mode (COPIER>FUNCTION>MIS-P>P-PRINT). Service Label F05-104-01 Service Label 5-3 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 770: Basic Operations

    Touch to select an item VERSION USER DPOT ACC-STS ANALOG Level 2 items CST-STS SENSOR Touch to select an item MISC ALARM-1 HV-STS F05-105-02 5-4 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 771: Level 3 Screen

    Switches between + and - Stop key: stops the ongoing operation. Clear key: clears a value. Start key: makes copies without ending service mode. F05-105-04 5-5 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 772: Display

    The following screen appears in response to COPIER>DISPLAY; for the items, see the pages that follow: VERSION USER DPOT ACC-STS ANALOG CST-STS SENSOR MISC ALARM-1 HV-STS ALARM-2 F05-201-01 5-6 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 773 DIAG-DVC Indicates the version of the self diagnosis device. Indicates the version of the Remote UI. LANG-EN Indicates the version of the English file. 5-7 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 774 LANG-PL Indicates the version of the Polish file. LANG-PT Indicates the version of the Portuguese file. LANG-RU Indicates the version of the Russian file. 5-8 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 775 Display <LANGUAGE xxyy. zz. aa> xx (2 higher-order digits): country code yy (2 lower-order digits) : language code : destination code (00: CANON, 01: OEM) : paper size configuration code (00: AB, 01: Inch, 02: A, 03: all sizes) COUNTER Indicates the type of control of the software counter.
  • Page 776 RIP1 Indicates the connection of the RIP1 board. (0: not connected, 1: con- nected) NETWARE indicates presence of NetWare firmware (0: absent; 1: present) 5-10 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 777 Indicates the paper width of the cassette 4 in terms of paper size. WIDTH-MF Indicates the paper width of the manual feeder in terms of paper size. 5-11 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 778 FF: jam type (T05-201-01) ff: jam sensor (T05-201-02) (For the feeder, T05-201- 04.) Indicates the source of paper. (T05-201-03) HHHHHH IIIII Indicates the paper size. 5-12 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 779 (PI17S) 00xD Residual PI1, S1, xx37 delivery sensor (PI11S) S2, S3 00xE Pickup fault T05-201-02 00xF Timing error T05-201-04 5-13 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 780 Indicates the location of occurrence. 0: copying machine/ main controller 1: feeder 2: finisher 3: C.F.F. 4: reader 5: printer 6: PDL 7: fax Not used 5-14 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 781 Indicates the level of separation charging current for the 2nd side of a double-sided print. TR-N2 Indicates the level of transfer charging current for the 2nd side of a double- sided print. 5-15 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 782 Indicates the target level of dark-area potential (VD) for printer (PDL) im- ages. LLMT-P Indicates the laser power voltage control mechanism for printer (PDL) im- ages. (0: normal, 1: error) 5-16 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 783 Indicates the size of the original detected by the original size sensor. MISC Indicates the state of others. LPOWER Indicates the laser intensity on a real-time basis. (range of indication: 0 to 255) 5-17 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 784 0002: left front deck lifter fault 0003: cassette 3 lifter fault 0004: cassette 4 lifter fault 0008: side paper deck lifter fault 0009: side regist HP sensor fault 5-18 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 785: Feeder

    0001: stitch staple absent puncher system of 0001: punch waste case full sorter/finisher 2.2 FEEDER FEEDSIZE Indicates the size of an original detected by the ADF. 5-19 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 786: I/O (I/O Display Mode)

    Input/output port of finisher controller PCB Input/output port of main controller PCB MN-CONT F05-301-01 <Guide to the Screen> P001 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx bit 0 bit 15 address 5-20 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 787: Dc-Con

    1: closed right deck lifter sensor signal 1: paper present PS32 right deck feed paper sensor signal 1: paper present 5-21 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 788 1: stop de-curling fan stop detection signal 1: stop PS47 right deck paper level sensor (upper) signal 1: paper present 5-22 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 789 100V 120V 230V power supply spec 2 duplexing feed fan detection signal not used not used not used not used high-voltage separation error signal 5-23 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 790 0: ON left deck lifter motor drive signal 0: ON primary charging wire cleaning motor (CCW) 1: ON signal 5-24 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 791 1: ON not used not used de-curling fan (half-speed) signal 1: ON de-curling fan (full-speed) signal 1: ON IO-P15 main relay OFF signal 1: ON 5-25 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 792 IO-P19 not used reversal motor clock signal not used not used not used duplexing feed left motor clock signal not used 5-26 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 793 0: enabled not used not used drum tor INT main motor INT error INT IO-P24 not used not used not used not used not used 5-27 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 794 1: ON M101 deck main motor fixing current setting 1: ON not used not used not used not used not used 5-28 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 795: R-Con

    0: DDI-SPRTST signal ON serial data to CCD DATA area clock to CCD when 0→1→0, data transmitted output to RING2 when 0→1→0, data transmitted IO-P06 not used 5-29 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 796 5-30 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 797: Mn-Con

    ROM write protect not used SPO[2] not used not used PCI (PDL) soft reset 0: LIPS board forced reset serial EEPROM CS access port to EEPROM 5-31 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 798 Color UI detect 0: color UI present BWUI detect 0: B/W UI present board version for factory board version for factory board version for factory 5-32 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 799: Feeder

    (AN3) not used not used not used not used IO-P05 external WDT clock output D/A data output D/A clock output 5-33 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 800 DIP switch (DIPSW4) signal 0: ON DIP switch (DIPSW3) signal 0: ON DIP switch (DIPSW2) signal 0: ON DIP switch (DIPSW1) signal 0: ON IO-P10 not used 5-34 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 801 DA DA-P07 read sensor TH DA-P08 delivery reversal sensor_DA DA-P09 delivery reversal sensor_TH DA-P10 not used DA-P11 not used DA-P12 not used 5-35 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 802: Sorter

    2 horizontal registration detection signal 3 horizontal registration detection signal 4 trailing edge detection signal punch LED ON signal (output) not used 5-36 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 803 0: paper present inlet paper detection signal 0: paper present PI22 stapler drive home position detection signal 1: HP not used 5-37 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 804 DIP SW3 bit 5 0: ON DIP SW3 bit 6 0: ON DIP SW3 bit 7 0: ON DIP SW3 bit 8 0: ON not used 5-38 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 805 EEPROM CLK not used not used height sensor ON/OFF stapler shift motor current switch 0: ON alignment motor current switch 0: ON not used 5-39 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 806 2 AD-P05 horizontal registration detection signal 3 AD-P06 horizontal registration detection signal 4 AD-P07 trailing edge detection signal DA-P01 punch LED ON signal (output) 5-40 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 807: Saddle Stitcher Unit

    HP detection signal 1: HP PI5S alignment plate HP detection signal 0: HP not used not used not used not used not used 5-41 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 808 1: connected PI21S paper folding HP sensor connection detection 1: connected PI21S paper folding HP detection signal 0: HP 5-42 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 809 ‘7F’ or lower* AD-P16 PI15 paper push-on plate leading edge position connected at ‘7F’ or lower* sensor connection detection *Hexadecimal. 5-43 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 810: Adjust (Adjustment Mode)

    The following screen appears in response to COPIER>ADJUST; for the items, see the pages that follow: BLANK V-CONT ADJ-XY FEED-ADJ LASER HV-PRI CST-ADJ HV-TR DEVELOP HV-SP MISC DENS F05-401-01 5-44 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 811 1 to 9 Default: 5 adjustment Copy density White White Original density A higher setting increases text density. A lower setting decreases text density. F05-401-02 5-45 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 812 100 to 400 (A change of ‘1’ causes a shift of 0.1 mm.) adjustment Lower setting Read start position Higher setting Original Vertical size plate F05-401-04 5-46 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 813 Use it to adjust the CCD read position for stream reading. Range of 30 to 60 (A change of ‘1’ causes a shift of 0.1 mm.) adjustment 5-47 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 814 Use it to adjust the position of laser projection. Range of -100 to +100 adjustment POWER Use it to adjust the laser power for non-potential control. Range of 0 to 255 adjustment 5-48 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 815 If you have replaced the DC controller PCB or cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB, enter the settings indicated on the label on the new DC con- troller PCB. 5-49 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 816 Use it to enter the image leading edge non-image width adjustment value. Range of 1 to 500 adjustment BLANK-B Use it to enter the image trailing edge non-image width adjustment value. 5-50 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 817 Use it to enter the offset value for the VL target value for the copier (Vdc fine-adjustment). Range of -50 to +50 (default: 0) adjustment 5-51 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 818 If you have replaced the high-voltage unit or cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB, enter the settings indicated on the label attached to the new high-voltage unit. 5-52 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 819 If you have replaced the high-voltage unit or cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB, enter the settings indicated on the label attached to the new high-voltage unit. 5-53 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 820 -50 to +50 (unit: 0.1 mm) adjustment Caution If you have cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB, enter the settings indicated on the service label. 5-54 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 821 Use it to enter the stacking capacity of the cassette 3 (50 sheets). C3-HVOL Use it to enter the stacking capacity of the cassette 3 (275 sheets). 5-55 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 822 1: 0.75 to 0.70 atm (up to altitude of 2500 to 3000m) 2: 0.70 to 0.65 atm (up to altitude of from 3000 to 3500m) 5-56 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 823: Feeder

    • A higher setting increases the speed. • The data will be stored on the ADF controller PCB. Range of -30 to +30 (unit: 0.1%) adjustment 5-57 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 824: Sorter

    4) Make a print of the Test Chart once again, and see that the position for the holes is as indicated. Paper Feeding direction Higher setting Lower setting F05-403-01 5-58 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 825: Copier

    The following screen appears in response to COPIER>FUNCTION; for the items, see the pages that follow: INSTALL FIXING SYSTEM PANEL LASER PART-CHK CLEAR MISC-R MISC-P HRD-DISK CLEANING SENS-ADJ F05-501-01 5-59 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 826 Initialize the card control data. • Initialize the card names (group ID; from registered number) • Initialize the ID number for the card in question. 5-60 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 827 • The machine stops operation at the end of auto adjustment. 3) Record the updated settings on the service label (all under COPIER>ADJUST>CCD). (rear) F05-501-02 5-61 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 828 • You must execute the following if you have changed the setting: COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>SH-PS-ST. Shading position Vertical size plate Copyboard glass Standard white plate Higher setting Lower setting F05-501-03 5-62 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 829 Does the scanning lamp go ON? 6) The items under COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY and ADJ-S are updated. Record the new settings on the service label. 5-63 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 830 5) When the following has been updated, enter the new settings: COPIER>ADJUST>CCD-EGGN-ST and -EGGN-END. Edge gain correction plate Copyboard glass Reading glass (front) F05-501-04 5-64 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 831 Using the Mode 1) Select the mode item, and press the OK key. • The machine stops the operation automatically at the end of offset adjustment. 5-65 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 832 • The machine executes adjustment automatically, at the end of which the value is stored. 3) Likewise, repeat steps 1) and 2) for A6R and A4. 5-66 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 833 7.8mm ± 0.5mm Feed direction Middle Standard: of paper |a-c|=0.5mm or less F05-501-05 Caution a and b are points 10 mm from the edges of paper. 5-67 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 834 1) Select the mode item, and press the OK key. 2) Press ‘+’ indicated on the touch panel at nine locations in sequence. 3) Select TOUCHKEY once again to end the operation. 5-68 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 835 1) Select the mode item, and press the OK key. • ON → 10 secs OFF → ON → 10 secs OFF → ON → OFF 5-69 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 836 Code Name manual feed clutch (CL3) left deck pull-out clutch (CL4) paper deck pickup clutch (CL102) developing clutch (CL1) registration roller clutch (CL2) T05-501-02 5-70 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 837 (SL2) 10 fixing inlet guide drive solenoid paper deck pickup roller (SL1); draw releasing solenoid (SL101) fixing web solenoid (SL9) T05-501-04 5-71 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 838 Using the Mode 1) Select the item, and press the OK key. 2) Turn off and then on the main power switch. E354-CLR E355-CLR 5-72 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 839 ALARM Clearing the Alarm Log 1) Select the item, and press the OK key. 2) Turn off and then on the main power switch. 5-73 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 840 1) Select the mode item, and press the OK key. • The pre-exposure LED will remain on for about 3 secs and will turn off. 5-74 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 841 7) Start downloading using the service support tool. 8) At the end of the operation, turn off and then on the main power switch. 5-75 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 842 1, image storage area when 2, general file storage area when 3, PDF-related file storage area To use, Press the OK key to execute. 5-76 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 843: Feeder

    Using the Mode 1) Select the mode item, and press the OK key. • The machine stops operation at the end of the adjustment. 5-77 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 844: Option (Settings Mode)

    6. OPTION (settings mode) 6.1 COPIER The following screen appears in response to COPIER>OPTION; for the items, see the pages that follow: BODY USER INT-FACE TEMPO F05-601-01 5-78 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 845 0: normal mode (plain paper; default), 1: special paper 1 mode (in high humidity environment, reduces fixing temperature), 2: special paper mode (thick paper) 5-79 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 846 • Move down the inlet guide if uneven density or light images occur as a result of uneven fixing. Settings 0: normal control (default) 1: moves down inlet guide for 1st side only (A4R/297 mm or larger) 5-80 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 847 (initial rotation ON APC executed if left alone for 60 min; default), 2: (initial rotation APC executed if left alone for 120 min) 3: initial rotation APC only off; 4: OFF 5-81 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 848 Settings 0: normal (default), 1: to prevent re-transfer 2: to prevent separation fault, 3: to prevent transfer fault 5-82 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 849 0 to 999 (default: 500) W/SCNR Use it to indicate the presence/absence of a scanner for a copier model: Settings 0: printer model (default) 1: model with scanner 5-83 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 850 • If OFF (no warning), the message will appear only when service mode is started. Settings 0: OFF (warning not issued; default ), 1: ON (warning issued) 5-84 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 851 Use it to change the type of soft counter 6 of the control panel to suit the needs of the user or the dealer. Settings 000 to 804 (T05-601-01; default: 000) 5-85 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 852 Use it to enable/disable the indication of a serial number in response to the Counter Check key. Settings 0: enable indication (default), 1: disable indication 5-86 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 853 0: OFF (accepts input of original size from control panel; default) 1: ON (detects original size automatically) NW-SCAN Use it to enable/disable the network scan function: Settings 0: disable (default) 1: enable 5-87 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 854: Soft Counter Specifications

    (4C+Mono+Bk/ remote copy (L) double-sided) remote copy (S) total 1 (double-sided) copy (4C1) total 2 (double-sided) copy (4C2) L (double-sided) S (double-sided) T05-601-01a 5-88 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 855 (L) print (Bk 1) copy scan (L/4) print (Bk 2) scan (S) print (4C/L) copy scan (S/4) print (4C/S) print (Mono/L) print (Mono/S) T05-601-01b 5-89 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 856 (L) copy scan (4C/L) report print (S) color scan (S) copy scan (4C/S) copy scan (L) copy scan (S) copy scan (total) T05-601-01c 5-90 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 857 • After electing the appropriate paper size, be sure to turn off and then on the main power switch. Settings 4: A3 (230-V model: default); 16: 11×17 (120-V model: default); for other size code, see T05-601-02) 5-91 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 858 A-LGL Argentine LEGAL G-LGL Government LEGAL FOLI FOLIO 11×17 11×17 A-OFI Argentine OFFICIO M-OFI Mexico OFFICIO LTRR LETTERR LETTER STMT STATEMENT STMTR STATEMENTR T05-601-02 5-92 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 859 1: for photo-oriented users (originals with high image ratio) 2: not used usually; however, if re-transfer (white spot at 50 mm along leading edge) occurs 5-93 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 860 • Uses the input humidity as the output of the humidity sensor. • Valid only if F-HUM-SW is set to '1'. Settings 30% to 99% (default: 35%) 5-94 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 861: Feeder

    Use it to set the margin width (W) on both sides of the fold when the saddle stitcher is used. Settings 0: normal width (5 mm), 1: larger width (10 mm; default) F05-603-01 5-95 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 862: Board

    Use it to turn off the slot 3 functions when the board inserted into the PCI slot 3 is out of order. Settings 0: normal (default), 1: OFF (board function not used) 5-96 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 863: Test (Test Print Mode)

    CHAPTER 5 SERVICE MODE 7. TEST (test print mode) The following screen appears in response to COPIER>TEST; for the items, see the pages that follow: NETWORK F05-701-01 5-97 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 864 CCD (normal print) halftone grid solid black 17 gradations (w/ image correction) vertical straight lines 17 gradations (w/o image correction) horizontal straight lines blank T05-701-01 5-98 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 865 6). If a fault is found in the connection of the network cable, correct the fault, and go to step 5). 5-99 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 866 However, the environment of the user network may be faulty. Report to the system administrator, and ask for correction. 5-100 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 867: Counter (Counter Mode)

    <Small Size and Large Size in the Mode> large size (L): larger than A4 or LTR. small size (S): A4 or LTR or smaller 5-101 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 868 FAX-PRT fax reception print counter PMT-PRT remote copy/print counter BOX-PRT Box print counter RPT-PRT report print counter 2-SIDE double-sided print counter SCAN scanner counter 5-102 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 869 FIX-TH1 fixing main thermistor (TH1) counter FIX-TH2 fixing sub thermistor (TH2) counter FX-TSW fixing thermal switch (TP1) counter OZ-FIL3 ozone filter (FM3) counter 5-103 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 870 (Be sure to reset after replacing the fixing web.) DLV-UCLW delivery upper separation claw counter DLV-LCLW delivery lower separation claw counter *The limit of FX-WEB is set to 300,000. 5-104 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 871 FIN-STPR finisher stapler counter FIN-FDBL finisher feed belt counter FIN-PDDL finisher paddol counter SDL-STPL saddle staple counter PUNCH punch counter PNCH-HRS punch harness counter 5-105 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 873: Self Diagnosis

    CHAPTER 6 SELF DIAGNOSIS COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 875: Error Codes

    0002 The main thermistor has detected 230°C or higher (hard circuit de- tection). 0003 The sub thermistor has detected about 236°C or higher. Caution The error must be reset in service mode (COPIER>FUNCTION> CLEAR>ERR). 6-1 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 876 Caution After replacing the fixing web, be sure to reset the two web counters in ser- vice mode: COPIER>COUNTER>MISC>FIX-WEB and COPIER> COUNTER>DRBL-1>FX-WEB. 6-2 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 877 The toner sensor (TS1/TS2) is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty. Mode of Detection 0000 During printing, the toner supply signal is '0' (absence of toner) for 2 mins. 6-3 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 878 50 times or more within 40 msecs. 0002 While the laser is on, the BD signal cycle is found to be outside a specific range 10 times or more. 6-4 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 879 Nos. 0 through 5 (0: IC104, 1: IC105, 2: IC109, 3: IC110, 4: IC127, 5: IC130) chip faulty address (bit) 6-5 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 880 0000 An error has occurred in the communication between the main controller PCB and the CPU of the DC controller PCB. 010B An error occurred in the sequence during printing. 6-6 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 881 0010 When a start command is sent to the compression/extension ele- ment of the main controller at time of decoding, an end interrupt does not occur after 4 sec. 6-7 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 882 Mode of Detection 0001 An error has occurred in the communication between the various printer boards (accessories) and the main controller PCB. 6-8 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 883 0002 The transmission bit is not enabled after a period of 10 sec at the sync register of the IPC (IC5021) on the reader controller PCB. 6-9 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 884 PCB and the main controller PCB. 9999 in a printer mode, a read unit is detected by the main controller PCB. 6-10 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 885 1000 at time of start-up, the bottom ROM product name is found to be a mismatch. 2000 at time of start-up, the serial number of the serial number PCB is an undefined code. 6-11 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 886 Detection 0000 While the primary charging assembly cooling fan is being driven, the clock signal (FM2CLK) does not arrive for 5 secs or more. 6-12 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 887 5 secs or more. or, while the ma- chine is in operation, the communication with the host machine has been interrupted for 0.5 sec or more. 6-13 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 888: Self Diagnosis Of The Finisher

    0002 When the power switch is turned on, the check sum of the EEPROM on the puncher driver PCB is found to have an error. 6-14 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 889 4 secs. 0002 The stapler unit does not return to home position when the stapler shift motor has been driven for 4 secs. 6-15 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 890 0003 While the tray lift motor is in operation, the shutter closed detect- ing switch is found to be off when the tray 1/2 is at OFF position of the safety area detecting switch. 6-16 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 891 4 secs. 0002 The puncher does not return to home position when the horizontal registration motor has been driven for 4 secs. 6-17 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 892: Self Diagnosis Of The Saddle Stitcher

    0.5 sec. 0002 The guide home position sensor does not turn off when the guide motor has been driven for 1 sec. 6-18 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 893 0002 The stitch home position sensor (front) does not turn on when the stitch motor (front) has been rotated CCW for 0.5 sec or more. 6-19 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 894 0002 The connector of the paper home positioning plate home position sensor is found to be disconnected. 0003 The connector of the paper push-on plate leading edge position sensor is found to be discontented. 6-20 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 895 1 sec or more from the start of the initial rotation of the host machine or the start of printing. 6-21 T COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 897 APPENDIX COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 899 (SL 11) Reversal sensor 1(PS37) Duplex feed left motor (M29) Duplex feed right motor (M18) Duplex paper sensor (PS34) Duplex pre-registration sensor (PS30) Horizontal registration sensor (PS31) COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 900 (SL11) Reversal sensor 1 (PS37) Duplex feed left motor (M29) Duplex feed right motor (M18) Duplex paper sensor (PS34) Duplex pre-registration sensor (PS30) Horizontal registration sensor (PS31) COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 901 DOCUMENT SIZE DETECTION signal DEV-AC-REMOTE DEVELOPING DC BIAS REMOTE signal DEV-DC-CNT DEVELOPING DC BIAS CURRENT CONTROL signal DEVCD* DEVELOPING CLUTCH DRIVE command DMFG DRUM MOTOR CLOCK signal COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 902 INVERTER ERROR signal L-RDY LASER INTENSITY READY signal LAMP_ON SCANNING LAMP DRIVE command LD(+) LASER DRIVE signal LD(-) LASER DRIVE signal LD-DT LASER INTENSITY REFERENCE signal COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 903 M14_A* REVERSAL MOTOR (A*) DRIVE command M14_B REVERSAL MOTOR (B) DRIVE command M14_B* REVERSAL MOTOR (B*) DRIVE command M16_A DUPLEXING HORIZONTAL REGISTRATION MOTOR (A) DRIVE command COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 904 DUPLEXING FEEDING LEFT MOTOR (B) DRIVE command M29_B* DUPLEXING FEEDING LEFT MOTOR (B*) DRIVE command SCANNER MOTOR (A) DRIVE command M3A* SCANNER MOTOR (A*) DRIVE command SCANNER MOTOR (B) DRIVE command COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 905 RIGHT DECK PICK-UP SORENOID DRIVE command RDRT RIGHT DECK RETRY DETECTION signal RGCD* REGISTRATION ROLLER CLUTCH DRIVE command RGPD REGISTRATION PAPER DETECTION signal RVFSD1* DELIVERY FLAPPER SORENOID DRIVE command COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 906 VERTICAL PATH 2 PAPER DETECTION signal VP3PD VERTICAL PATH 3 PAPER DETECTION signal VP4PD VERTICAL PATH 4 PAPER DETECTION signal WTFL WASTE TONER FEEDING SCREW LOCKED DETECTION signal COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 907 Delivery assembly De-curling fan charging roller clutch solenoid sensor wire jam sensor cleaning PS29 PS45 motor Fixing web Registration length sensor paper sensor COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001 A - 9...
  • Page 909 Open switch PCB Deck lifter Deck pickup Deck pickup motor solenoid upper limit roller releasing clutch sensor solenoid SW102 Deck lifter lower limit detecting switch A-11 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 910: Shift Tray General Circuit Diagram

    J203 J123 J114 J205H <To host machine> <To host machine> J205F PS104 PS102 PS101 Limit sensor HP sensor (rear) (front) J206 PS103 Tray paper sensor A-12 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 911: List Of Special Tools

    No. 1/No. 2 mirror. (front, rear) NA-3 Test Sheet FY9-9196 Used when adjusting/ checking images. Potential sensor FY9-3012 Used to make zero-level electrode checks on potential sensors. A-13 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 912 A: each service person is expected to carry one. B: each group of five persons is expected to carry one. C: each workshop is expected to carry one. A-14 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...

  • Page 913: List Of Solvents/Oils

    Tool No.: CK-0429 Lubricant Lubrication: scanner Silicone oil rail Tool No.: FY9-6011 (50cc) Conducting Lubrication: drum Ether, polytetra grease heater contact fluoethylene Tool No.: FY9-6008 (10 g) A-15 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001...
  • Page 915 Prepared by Office Imaging Products Quality Assurance Center CANON INC. Printed in Japan REVISION 0 (JUNE 2001) (18723) 5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi, Ibaraki 302-8501 Japan COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR5000i/iR6000i REV.0 JUNE 2001 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
  • Page 916 This publication is printed on 100% reprocessed paper. PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 0701M0-75-1...

Table of Contents